2020
IIINNNNTTTEEEEGGGRRRRAAAATTTTEEEEDDDD AAAANNNNNNUUAALLL RREEPPOORT
INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT
GOLD FIELDS IS A GLOBALLY DIVERSIFIED GOLD PRODUCER WITH NINE OPERATING MINES IN AUSTRALIA, PERU,
SOUTH AFRICA AND WEST AFRICA (INCLUDING THE ASANKO JOINT VENTURE (JV)) AND ONE PROJECT IN CHILE. WE
HAVE TOTAL ATTRIBUTABLE ANNUAL GOLD-EQUIVALENT PRODUCTION OF 2.24MOZ, ATTRIBUTABLE GOLD-EQUIVALENT
MINERAL RESERVES OF 52.1MOZ AND MINERAL RESOURCES OF 116.0MOZ. OUR SHARES ARE LISTED ON THE
JOHANNESBURG STOCK EXCHANGE (JSE), WITH OUR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES TRADING ON THE NEW YORK
STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE).
The cover photo of our 2020 Integrated Annual Report (IAR) shows our Salares Norte
project in the Atacama region in northern Chile. The project received the go ahead by
our Board of Directors in February 2020, and construction is progressing as per plan
and expected to be completed in Q1 2023.
DELIVERING
ENDURING
VALUE IN
PARTNERSHIP
WITH OUR
STAKEHOLDERS
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
About this report
Where Gold Fields operates
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
Vision of the Chairperson
Chief Executive Officer’s report
Overview of strategic pillars
Group Scorecards
HOW WE OPERATE
Our Board of Directors
How we govern our business
Our business model
Value creation for our stakeholders
Material matters
Risks and opportunities
OUR PERFORMANCE
Safety and wellbeing of our people
Developing a fit-for-purpose workforce
Creating a global, sustainable portfolio
Profitable production and sustainable
cash-flow
Capital allocation and sound balance sheet
management
Value creation for stakeholders
Environmental stewardship
ASSURANCE
1
4
8
10
17
24
30
33
36
38
41
42
50
56
60
68
74
81
96
First party: Internal audit statement
Independent assurance statement to the
Board of Directors and stakeholders of
Gold Fields Limited
Assured sustainability performance indicators
Assured South African Mining Charter
performance indicators
Administration and corporate information
106
107
110
111
112
SEND US YOUR FEEDBACK
Your feedback on our reporting suite is important to us. To ensure that we report on the issues our stakeholders care about,
please provide any feedback and questions to investors@goldfields.com or sustainability@goldfields.com, or visit
www.goldfields.com to download the feedback form.
Further reading within this report
Further information available online
This section introduces our IAR and
approach to reporting. It also offers an
overview of our seven strategic pillars and
portfolio of operations.
In this section, our Chairperson provides
an overview of our reporting year. This
is followed by a detailed report from our
Chief Executive Officer (CEO), who also
explains what each of the seven strategic
pillars means to our business, along with
key trends over the past 10 years.
This section introduces our Board of
Directors and explains how our governance
processes adds value to our business.
We explain our business model and
how we create enduring value for our
stakeholders and we disclose our top risks
and associated opportunities arising from
our operating environment.
In this section, we provide a detailed
account of our 2020 performance against
our seven strategic pillars.
This section provides internal and external
assurance over selected sustainability data
included in this report. Our independent
auditor’s report, which provides assurance
on our consolidated financial statements,
is included in our Annual Financial Report
(AFR).
linkedin.com/company/gold-fields
business.facebook.com/GoldFieldsLTD
@GoldFields_LTD
instagram.com/goldfields_ltd/
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ABOUT THIS REPORT
OUR REPORT’S STAKEHOLDER AND STRATEGY FOCUS
The aim of our integrated reporting suite is to enable
our stakeholders, including capital providers, to make
an informed assessment of Gold Fields’ long-term
sustainability and ability to create enduring value. We
embrace integrated thinking, and by structuring our 2020
IAR around our strategic pillars (p11), we concisely and
transparently articulate how our material matters, risks
and opportunities, operating environment, performance
and prospects unlock value for stakeholders.
In compiling this IAR, we complied with the Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards: Core option and
the International Integrated Reporting Council’s (IIRC’s)
International Framework. As detailed on p3 of our
AFR, we have also aligned this report with a range of
additional codes, frameworks and standards, including the
King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa
2016 (King IVTM1). On occasion, we use non-International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) measures in the IAR,
as defined on p133 – 137 of the AFR.
1 Copyright and trademarks are owned by the Institute of Directors in
South Africa NPC and all of its rights are reserved.
REPORTING SCOPE AND BOUNDARY
This IAR presents Gold Fields’ strategic pillars, business
model, Group and regional risks and opportunities,
stakeholder expectations and operational performance
for the financial year 1 January 2020 to 31 December
2020. It includes material information relating to our nine
operations in Peru, Australia, South Africa, West Africa
(including our Asanko JV), and one project in Chile.
IAR REPORTING BOUNDARY
INTRODUCTION
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Any material events after year-end and up to the Board
approval date of 31 March 2021 have also been included.
Our geographical footprint is detailed on p4 – 5.
The term “attributable” as it relates to production and
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources refers to 100%
of our mines and projects, as well as Damang (90%),
Tarkwa (90%), Gruyere (50%), Asanko (45%) and Far
Southeast (FSE) (40%). The exception is attributable
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources at South Deep
(91%). The term “managed” relating to production and
Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources refers to 100%
of our mines and projects, as well as Gruyere (50%),
Asanko (50%) and FSE (40%). The net debt:EBITDA ratios
mentioned in this report refer to adjusted EBITDA, while
we present Group and mine All-in costs (AIC) and All-in
sustaining costs (AISC) in terms of the original World Gold
Council interpretation.
Non-financial data included in this IAR relates to our eight
operating mines and excludes our non-managed Asanko
JV and the Salares Norte project in Chile, unless stated.
Where relevant, we include data from Darlot (sold in 2017)
up to October 2017. Socio-economic development (SED)
spend, includes the South Deep trusts and project spend.
We used average exchange rates for 2020 of R16.38/
US$1 and US$0.69/A$1 in this report (2019: R14.46/
US$1 and US$0.70/A$1; 2018: R13.20/US$1 and
US$0.75/A$1). For 2021, we used forecast exchange
rates of R17.50/US$1 and US$0.75/A$1.
FINANCIAL REPORTING BOUNDARY
JOINT VENTURES
INVESTMENTS
SUBSIDIARIES
OUR KEY STAKEHOLDERS
GOVERNMENT
EMPLOYEES
BUSINESS PARTNERS
CAPITAL PROVIDERS
HOST COMMUNITIES
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This IAR contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act) and section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the Exchange Act) with respect to Gold Fields’ financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities for existing services,
plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters. Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms
“believes”, “estimates”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “aims”, “continues”, “expects”, “hopes”, “may”, “will”, “would” or “could” or, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology.
These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to Gold Fields’ future business prospects, revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this IAR, are necessary
estimates reflecting the best judgement of Gold Fields’ senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Consequently, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those outlined in this IAR.
Gold Fields undertakes no obligation to publicly update or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.
Refer to the full forward-looking statements on www.goldfields.com
1
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
NAVIGATING OUR REPORT
ICMM, GRI AND UN SDG COMPLIANCE
The IAR forms part of our compliance with the GRI Standards, as well as the reporting requirements of the International
Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) Sustainable Development Framework, Principles and Position Statements (see p107 –
111 for the assurance hereof). Our compliance with the ICMM is addressed throughout this report and on our website,
and details:
• How our sustainable development policies align with the ICMM’s 10 Principles and mandatory Position Statements
• How we identify specific sustainable development risks and opportunities
• The systems and approaches we implemented to manage the sustainable development risks and opportunities identified
• Our performance across the identified material sustainable development risks and opportunities
We present our self-assessment of adherence with the ICMM Principles and Position Statements online. We also align
with the 10 Principles of the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC). We consider that this IAR, together with additional
documents available on our website, complies with the requirements of the GRI Standards.
Disclosures in accordance with the GRI Standards can be accessed at www.goldfields.com/sustainability-overview.php
We aim to be the global leader in sustainable gold mining. In pursuit of this vision, Gold Fields positively contributes to the
UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). As part of our commitment to sustainable development, we actively seek
out opportunities to collaborate with partners on a global level. In this way, we can support lasting social and economic
progress to play our part in bringing an end to poverty, protecting the environment and ensuring growth in prosperity,
where we operate
We identified the following 11 SDGs that we believe we can impact the most, thereby enabling meaningful change in
co-operation with our peers in the mining and metals sector:
Details of our commitment to the relevant SDGs can be found on our website www.goldfields.com/sustainability
THE 2020 REPORTING SUITE
INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT
Our primary report, which details the
Group’s value creation story over the
short, medium and long term
Our online IAR portal, which can be
accessed at www.goldfields.com/
2020-annual-report-suite.php from
mid-April 2021 onwards
ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT
Our full Corporate Governance
Report, Board and Board
committee reports, Directors’
Report, Remuneration Report and
our Annual Financial Statements,
fulfilling our statutory financial
reporting requirements
MINERAL RESOURCES AND
MINERAL RESERVES SUPPLEMENT
Detailed technical and operational
information on our mines and
growth projects
NOTICE OF ANNUAL
GENERAL MEETING (AGM)
The resolutions to be tabled
to shareholders at our AGM
TO BE
RELEASED
JOINTLY IN
APRIL 2021
2
CLIMATE CHANGE REPORT
Our Climate Change Report is in
alignment with the recommendations
of the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
REPORT TO STAKEHOLDERS
A high-level outline of our
contributions to our key stakeholders,
as well as recent developments
impacting these relationships
GRI CONTENT INDEX
The IAR is compiled to comply
with the GRI Standards: Core
option. The GRI Content Index
also cross-references to
the ICMM Principles, UNGC
Principles, UN SDGs and the
Sustainability Accounting
Standards Board (SASB)
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
INTRODUCTION
CREATING VALUE THROUGH OUR STRATEGIC PILLARS
Our seven strategic pillars are designed to enable the delivery of our vision. Each pillar has
key performance indicators (KPIs) in terms of our Group Balanced Scorecard (BSC), as well
as associated risks and opportunities. Refer to p17 – 23 for more details.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SAFETY AND
WELLBEING OF
OUR PEOPLE
DEVELOPING
A FIT-FOR-
PURPOSE
WORKFORCE
CREATING
A GLOBAL,
SUSTAINABLE
PORTFOLIO
Our goal is to
eliminate all
fatalities and
serious injuries at
our operations as
well as alleviate
any adverse
health impacts
we have on host
communities.
We aim to build
a strong, diverse
and inclusive
pipeline of talent
to meet the mining
industry’s future
needs.
We position
our portfolio for
sustainable cash
generation by
lowering AIC and
extending mine life
while preserving
a sound balance
sheet.
PROFITABLE
PRODUCTION
AND
SUSTAINABLE
CASH-FLOW
We aim to
sustainably
improve our
total shareholder
returns, increase
margins and
pursue strong
cash-flow
generation to
share the benefits
of mining with our
key stakeholders.
CAPITAL
ALLOCATION
AND SOUND
BALANCE SHEET
MANAGEMENT
We seek to
continuously
strengthen our
balance sheet and
fund sustainable,
long-term growth.
VALUE
CREATION FOR
STAKEHOLDERS
ENVIRONMENTAL
STEWARDSHIP
We cultivate
mutually beneficial
relationships with
our stakeholders
to protect our
reputation and
social licence to
operate and create
enduring value
where we operate.
We are committed
to responsible
environmental
stewardship and
aim to improve the
areas surrounding
our operations
and limit our
impact on our host
communities.
BOARD APPROVAL
Gold Fields’ Board of Directors acknowledges its responsibility to ensure the integrity
of this IAR. It is of the opinion that the 2020 IAR complies in all material respects with
the relevant statutory and regulatory requirements – particularly the International
Framework, as updated in January 2021, IFRS and the South African Companies Act
No 71 of 2008 (as amended). The Board further believes that the 2020 IAR addresses all
material matters and offers a comprehensive view of the Company’s strategic objectives,
including how these enable Gold Fields to create value for stakeholders in the short,
medium and long term. The Board unanimously approved the 2020 IAR – as well as the
2020 AFR, which includes our Annual Financial Statements – for release on 31 March 2021.
Cheryl Carolus
ASSURANCE
ERM Southern Africa (ERM) provided independent reasonable assurance over key sustainability information in this report, which
is prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards: Core option. As a member of the ICMM, we are committed to obtaining
assurance in line with the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework: Assurance Procedure. ERM assured our statement on
compliance with the ICMM Sustainable Development Framework, Principles and Reporting Requirements. The key sustainability
performance data assured by ERM in 2020 is detailed on p107 – 111.
3
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
WHERE GOLD FIELDS OPERATES – 2020 PERFORMANCE
Gold Fields is a globally diversified gold producer
with nine operating mines in Australia, Peru,
South Africa and West Africa (including the
Asanko JV), as well as one project in Chile.
We have total attributable annual gold-equivalent
production of 2.2Moz, attributable gold-
equivalent Mineral Reserves of 52.1Moz and
Mineral Resources of 116.0Moz. Our shares are
listed on the JSE and our American depositary
shares trade on the NYSE.
Peru
Chile
AMERICAS
Mines: Cerro Corona in Peru – copper, gold –
open pit mine
Project Salares Norte in Chile – gold, silver deposit
Safety (TRIFR – Cerro Corona)
Workforce
Employees
Contractors
Attributable gold-eq production (koz)
AIC (US$/eq-oz)
Net cash-flow (US$m)1
Attr Gold Mineral Resources (Moz)
Attr Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)
Ghana
WEST AFRICA
Mines: Tarkwa, Damang and Asanko (50/50 JV)
in Ghana – open pit mines
0.58
Safety (TRIFR)2
Workforce2
568
3,700
206
1,119
84
5.79
4.84
Employees
Contractors
Attributable production (koz)3
AIC (US$/oz)3
Net cash-flow (US$m)1,2
Attr Gold Mineral Resources (Moz)
Attr Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)
0.75
1,063
5,940
787
1,060
290
14.70
6.41
Read more on p70
Cerro Corona
Read more on p72
Tarkwa
1 Net cash-flow from operating activities less net capital expenditure (capex), environmental payments, lease payment and redemption of Asanko preference shares.
2 Excludes 45% of Asanko.
3 Includes 45% of Asanko.
4
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
INTRODUCTION
GROUP OVERVIEW
Mines: Nine mines in Peru, South Africa, Australia and Ghana
(incl. 45% of Asanko)
Project: One project in Chile
CONTRIBUTION TO
GROUP ATTRIBUTABLE PRODUCTION
Safety
Fatal incident
TRIFR
Workforce
Employees
Contractors
Attributable production (koz)
AIC (US$/eq-oz)
Net cash-flow (US$m)1
Attr Gold-eq Mineral Resources (Moz)
Attr Gold-eq Mineral Reserves (Moz)
1
2.40
5,641
12,771
2,236
1,079
631
116.00
52.10
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
10%
45%
10%
35%3
SOUTH AFRICA
Mines: South Deep – underground mine
Safety
Fatal incident
TRIFR
Workforce
Employees
Contractors
Attributable production (koz)
AIC (US$/oz)
Net cash-flow (US$m)1
Attr Gold Mineral Resources (Moz)
Attr Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)
AUSTRALIA
Mines: St Ives, Granny Smith, Agnew and Gruyere
(50/50 JV) – open pit and underground mines
1
3.51
2,342
1,801
227
1,260
34
56.75
31.54
Safety (TRIFR)
Workforce
Employees
Contractors
Attributable production (koz)
AIC (US$/oz)
Net cash-flow (US$m)1
Attr Gold Mineral Resources (Moz)
Attr Gold Mineral Reserves (Moz)
Read more on p70
South Deep
Read more on p71
6.06
1,668
1,330
1,017
957
498
19.43
7.49
St Ives
5
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
Salares Norte, Chile
6
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
OUR LEADERSHIP
AND STRATEGY
HOW WE
CREATE
VALUE
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
VISION OF THE CHAIRPERSON
P8 – 9
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S
(CEO’S) REPORT. OUR VALUE-
CREATION STRATEGY P10 – 16
MESSAGE FROM THE INCOMING
CEO P16
OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC
PILLARS P17 – 23
GROUP 2020 AND 2021
BALANCED SCORECARDS
P24 – 27
7
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VISION OF THE CHAIRPERSON
“The Board has complete
confidence in the ability of
Gold Fields’ management
team and its employees to
continue dealing successfully
with the ongoing impact of
Covid-19”
Cheryl Carolus
DEAR STAKEHOLDERS
This past year has been a remarkable
one for Gold Fields. Firstly, the outbreak
of Covid-19 not only challenged our
personal lives, but also business-
as-usual across the regions where
we operate. Secondly, despite the
impact of the pandemic, Gold Fields
had another year of impressive
performance, with strong earnings,
cash-flows and value creation for our
stakeholders. Finally, 2020 was the
last year that Nick Holland led the
Company. He officially retired at the
end of March. A memorable era in
Gold Fields’ history has come to an
end, and we are embarking on a new
chapter with the appointment of Chris
Griffith as Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
from April onwards.
In last year’s report, I made initial
reference to our management’s
proactive and comprehensive
approach to mitigating the early
impacts of Covid-19 on our people
and operations. None of us could
have foreseen that, a year later, the
pandemic would still be with us.
Tragically, 10 of Gold Fields’ employees
and contractors have lost their lives, as
have many of our colleagues’ relatives.
On behalf of the Board, I want to
express our heartfelt condolences to
the families and friends of those who
have succumbed to Covid-19, as well
as to our colleagues who have lost their
loved ones.
In this Integrated Annual Report (IAR),
we report extensively on how our teams
managed to, first and foremost, protect
our employees and contractors, assist
our host communities and governments
in mitigating the pandemic’s impact,
and keep our mines and projects
8
operating strongly and safely. The
Board receives regular updates, via its
Risk Committee, of the actions taken
by the Company.
We expect that the pandemic will
remain a reality for months to come,
perhaps even years, and could impact
our operational plans in yet unforeseen
ways. The Board has requested the
Group’s management team to develop
strategies on how we can assist in
making vaccines available to our
workforce, and, where appropriate,
to families and communities, as well
as prepare our people and business
for this ‘new normal’. As such, we
are exploring ways of supporting our
employees who, for example, are
now permanently working from home
or are struggling as a result of the
continued impact of Covid-19. At an
operational level, we will continue to
test our people, provide them with the
necessary equipment and information
to protect themselves, and help them
in any possible way we can if they
contract Covid-19.
The Board has complete confidence in
the ability of Gold Fields’ management
team and its workforce to continue
dealing successfully with the ongoing
impact of Covid-19. Our 2020
operational performance speaks for
itself – despite the challenges and
disruptions of the year, the Company
delivered a strong set of results in 2020.
The impact of Covid-19 was limited
to approximately 3% of production
(approximately 80koz) and, while our
operations spent an additional US$30m
to deal with the pandemic or donate
to host governments, both costs and
production were within revised market
guidance.
The stable production and cost
profile was supported by a record
high gold price. Our financial results
also benefited from the gold price,
and included net cash-flow of
US$631m and normalised earnings of
US$879m – both more than double our
performance in 2019. We reduced net
debt by almost US$600m, placing our
balance sheet in a very healthy position,
and recorded a net debt:EBITDA ratio
of 0.56x – the lowest it has been in
almost a decade. Our shareholders
received a total dividend of R4.80/
share, three times that of 2019. They
also saw their shares hit record highs in
2020, though this has since retreated
in line with the decline in the gold price
from its record levels of over US$2,050/
oz in August last year.
In February 2020, our Board decided
to go ahead with the US$860m Salares
Norte project in Chile. Construction
proceeded as planned during the year
and is set for completion in Q1 2023.
Salares Norte is the latest building
block in the Company’s reinvestment
programme of the past three years,
during which we also effectively built
two new mines, Gruyere in Australia
and the Damang Pit Cutback in Ghana.
Both mines contributed meaningfully
to the Group’s cash-flow during 2020.
I am also particularly pleased to report
that South Deep again showed strong
financial and operational improvements
and contributed positive cash-flow
during 2020.
Gold Fields continues to focus on
maximising in-country and host
community economic impact. The
Group’s value distribution to national
economies amounted to US$2.85bn
in 2020 compared with US$2.58bn
in 2019. Of this, US$676m, 28%
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
of the total, remained with our host
communities. We achieved this by
maximising the number of people we
employ from our host communities,
prioritising procurement from local
enterprises and channelling our socio-
economic development (SED) spend to
these communities. Over the past five
years, we have created over US$3.54bn
in community value, which, we believe,
presents a significant investment in
the economic wellbeing of our host
communities and the estimated 435,000
people who reside there.
At the same time, we need to ensure
that our mining activities do not
adversely impact the environment
around our operations or denude the
natural resources both our Group
and host communities depend on.
Pleasingly, we again recorded zero
serious environmental incidents for
the second year in a row – a good
yardstick of our success in this area.
Similarly, our high levels of water
recycling or reuse limited our uptake of
freshwater from our catchment areas,
while our continued investment in
renewables is one of the ways we limit
our carbon emissions. During 2020,
we successfully commissioned two
renewable microgrids at Agnew and
Granny Smith in Australia. Furthermore,
now that we have received the relevant
approvals from the government, South
Deep will be the next operation in our
portfolio to build a solar plant, which,
once operational, expected in Q2 2022,
will provide about 20% of the mine’s
electricity needs.
The most critical part of the Board’s
duties undoubtedly relates to the
safety, health and development of the
Company’s workforce and the Board
has always shared management’s
commitment to eliminate all fatalities
and serious injuries at our operations.
Over the years, we have seen
noticeable progress in this area
emanating from our significant and
continued investment in safety culture,
systems and leadership. Tragically,
however, we again recorded a fatal
incident in 2020, that of Abel Magajane,
a shaft timberman at South Deep, as
well as six serious injuries. We owe it to
Abel and the many other miners who
have lost their lives, that we reaffirm our
commitment to achieving zero harm.
The Board also seeks to further improve
the diversity and inclusivity of the
Company’s workforce. While we made
some progress – with around 20% of
our workforce and 21% of leadership
teams now female – we still have a way
to go to truly reflect the demographics
of the countries in which we operate.
Our management team has developed
a diversity and inclusion dashboard with
several performance indicators, which
are part of every manager’s scorecard,
against which we can benchmark our
improvements over the coming years.
The Board will be closely tracking the
Company’s performance in this regard.
With the rapid modernisation of our
mines, we also need to ensure our
workforce is appropriately skilled to
meet the challenges of digitisation and
automation. We are adapting training,
skills development and recruitment
policies accordingly to ensure our
people can succeed in these new ways
of working.
In recent years, managing
environmental, social and governance
(ESG) issues has become an
increasingly critical consideration for our
stakeholders – particularly investors.
To date, Gold Fields has mostly relied
on internal objectives to guide this
ESG work; however, stakeholders
expect that we report more publicly on
progress in these areas. Together with
management, the Board is developing a
range of strategic ESG priorities, which
we report on in this IAR. Before the end
of the year, we will finalise and publish
detailed targets for these priorities –
ranging from safety to climate change,
diversity and communities – for
implementation by 2025.
Over the past few years, I have had
the benefit of working with a consistent
Board and Executive Committee (Exco)
to govern, guide and manage the
Company. This year, we saw some
significant changes. At Board level,
we accepted the resignation of Rick
Menell, our Deputy Chairperson since
2015 and a director since 2008, with
effect from 10 March 2021. Rick has
been one of the most influential voices
on the Board over this period and led
the search for the new CEO this year.
I want to thank Rick for his support and
invaluable contribution.
We also accepted the resignation of
Phuthi Mahanyele-Dabengwa due to
her role as Naspers’ CEO. With the
appointment of Philisiwe Sibiya, we
found an equally well qualified leader
with solid business experience. We
wish Phuthi well in her leadership
role and welcome Philisiwe to the
Board. As always, I want to extend my
gratitude to my fellow directors for their
support and experience in providing
Gold Fields with valuable strategic and
governance oversight.
At executive level, we bid farewell to
Nick Holland after 24 years with the
Company – first as Chief Financial
Officer (CFO) and, from 2008, as CEO.
Chris Griffith will assume the role of Gold
Fields’ CEO from 1 April 2021. On behalf
of the Board, we are delighted to have
attracted a leader of Chris’ calibre.
He has an extensive and successful
leadership track record, amongst
others, at Anglo American Platinum
and Kumba Iron Ore, with many years’
experience as part of Anglo American’s
global leadership teams. He has a
strong track record of building and
motivating successful teams to achieve
corporate turnarounds and outstanding
results. Chris is held in high regard for
his strong ethical leadership and sound
governance. We believe that under his
leadership, Gold Fields will continue to
grow, building on the solid foundation
created by Nick, the leadership team
and our entire workforce of 5,600
employees.
As Nick retires, he can certainly accept
credit for a Company that has chartered
its own course over the past decade,
relying primarily on organic growth to
become a global leader in mechanised
and sustainable gold mining. As he set
out to accomplish a few years ago, our
portfolio of mines is now in a strong
position to maintain production of
2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per year for the next
10 years without requiring expensive
mergers or acquisitions.
More than just building a strong
portfolio, Nick has established a
Company that ensures its stakeholders
share rightfully and meaningfully in the
benefits of mining, while also delivering
strong returns to the investors who
have entrusted their capital to us.
Gold Fields is an organisation with
an unrelenting focus on the safety of
its employees, its contractors and its
communities. On his first day as CEO,
Nick coined the phrase ‘If we cannot
mine safely, we will not mine’. We have
lived by this sentiment since then,
ensuring it has become a mantra within
Gold Fields and, perhaps, Nick’s most
significant legacy.
Nick, you leave Gold Fields with the
immense gratitude of the Board,
your management colleagues and
the Company’s employees. You truly
deserve all the accolades bestowed
upon you, and we wish you a well-
deserved retirement.
Cheryl Carolus
Chairperson
9
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT
“Our focus on organic
growth, backed by
consistent investment in
near-mine exploration, has
allowed us to map our own
destiny to the benefit of our
stakeholders.”
Nick Holland
DEAR STAKEHOLDERS
This past year will always be
remembered as a time when
Covid-19 caused major losses and
upheavals to our personal lives while
disrupting business-as-usual for
many companies worldwide. Our
experience at Gold Fields was no
different, and, tragically, the pandemic
took the ultimate toll on many of
our people. As at 29 March 2021,
10 of our colleagues had tragically
passed away due to Covid-19-related
illnesses. My condolences go out to
their families, friends and colleagues.
Other colleagues were ill for weeks,
and all of us had our personal and
professional lives severely disrupted
by the stringent regulations and
protocols implemented to mitigate the
worst impacts of the pandemic.
Following a second wave of
infections around the world in early
2021, it seems inevitable that these
disruptions will continue for some
time to come. We are currently
looking at strategies on how we
can continue keeping our people
safe and how to ensure we make
vaccines available to them as soon
as is practical. We are seeking advice
from medical experts and are working
with governments, industry forums
and our peers on the best solution
for a vaccine roll-out and an eventual
return to business-as-usual.
Covid-19 inevitably affected the
Company’s 2020 operational
performance, albeit marginally.
Attributable gold-equivalent
production of 2.236Moz in 2020 was
2% higher than 2019 production and
within the revised guidance range
of 2.200Moz – 2.250Moz. However,
we had to revise our original 2020
guidance of 2.275Moz – 2.315Moz
in May to take into account the
78koz lost due to Covid-19-related
shutdowns at South Deep (32koz)
and Cerro Corona (46koz).
All-in costs (AIC) for 2020 were
US$1,079/oz, 1% higher than 2019
(US$1,064/oz) and within the revised
guidance range. All-in sustaining
costs (AISC) for the year were
US$977/oz (2019: US$897/oz),
again within the revised guidance
range. These costs were slightly
above the original 2020 guidance as
our operations spent approximately
US$30m on Covid-19-related
initiatives and interventions. This
includes investments in testing
GOLD FIELDS SHARE PRICE 2010 – 2020
During 2020, our share price on both the JSE and NYSE
improved by 46% and 42% respectively, on the back of
respective increases of 94% and 88% during 2019. While
the shares have retreated from their record highs reached
in August 2020, when the gold price hit its all-time high of
US$2,070/oz, we are still offering shareholders substantive
returns and healthy dividends. Shareholders who owned
1,000 Gold Fields shares on 1 January 2010, held on to the
1,000 Sibanye Gold stocks (now Sibanye-Stillwater) they would
have been awarded after its unbundling in February 2013,
would have been rewarded with a total return of 105% by
31 December 2020. That is an annual return of 7% on their
investment.
Rand
250
200
150
100
50
0
AUGUST 2010
South Deep’s new
mining licence,
BEE deal approved
FEBRUARY 2013
eatrix mines
Kloof, Driefontein and Beatrix mines
unbundled into Sibanye Gold
Gold
JUNE 2013
0% during 2013
Gold price plunges by 30% during 2013
10
2010
2011
2012
2013
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
equipment and facilities, specialised
camp accommodation, additional
labour costs and transport facilities.
It also included donations to
governments and host communities
to assist them in their fight against
the pandemic.
However, on the whole, Gold Fields
managed these disruptions well and
continued on its growth trajectory
of the preceding years. The higher
gold price – a consequence, in part,
of the economic fallout from the
pandemic – certainly helped. The
average gold price of US$1,768/oz
during 2020 was 27% higher than the
average price received in 2019. But,
equally important, our management
teams dealt with the challenges
of the pandemic extremely well,
maintaining sustainable and profitable
production while at the same time
safeguarding the health and safety of
our employees and contractors.
Our mines in Western Australia, which
did not report any positive Covid-19
cases, exceeded 1.0Moz of gold
production for the first time since
2015. Our Ghanaian operations,
including the Asanko JV, boosted
output by 3%. Even South Deep and
Cerro Corona, which had to close
or curtail mining and processing
activities for several weeks due to
government-imposed restrictions,
reported stable production levels and
lower costs during 2020.
Our 2020 financial performance
reflected these solid operational
efforts and higher gold price. Our
mines generated cash-flow of
US$868m (2019: US$552m), while
net cash-flow reached a record
US$631m (2019: US$249m).
OUR VALUE-CREATION STRATEGY
STRATEGIC PILLARS:
Gold Fields’ growth over the past
10 years has been driven by an
integrated value-creation strategy
aimed at delivering our vision of global
leadership in sustainable gold mining.
This strategy is captured in our BSC
and comprises four overarching focus
areas – organisational capacity, internal
business processes, stakeholders and
financial performance.
While our operating environment over
the past decade saw some significant
changes, we remained committed to
these focus areas regardless of the
challenges we faced and, in doing so,
unlocked the potential of our globally
diversified business. With the Group
BSC at the centre of our strategy, we
subsequently identified seven strategic
pillars that drive our performance across
the Company. Each pillar has specific
key performance indicators linked to our
BSC to ensure we create holistic and
sustainable value for our stakeholders.
On p17 – 21, we look at each of these
pillars in our strategic journey and track
the key operational, financial, stakeholder
and sustainability trends of the past
10 years.
The key corporate milestones in our
strategic journey are highlighted in the
share price graph below.
SAFETY AND
WELLBEING OF OUR
PEOPLE
For details – p50
DEVELOPING A
FIT-FOR-PURPOSE
WORKFORCE
For details – p56
CREATING A GLOBAL,
SUSTAINABLE
PORTFOLIO
For details – p60
PROFITABLE
PRODUCTION AND
SUSTAINABLE
CASH-FLOW
For details – p68
CAPITAL ALLOCATION
AND SOUND BALANCE
SHEET MANAGEMENT
For details – p74
VALUE CREATION FOR
STAKEHOLDERS
For details – p81
ENVIRONMENTAL
STEWARDSHIP
For details – p96
13
OCTOBER 2013
Gold Fields buys Barrick’s Granny
uys Barrick’s Granny
Smith, Lawlers and Darlot mines
rs and Darlot mines
in Australia
MARCH 2016
Development
na
agreement with Ghana
government signed
MARCH 2018
MARCH 201
Gold Fields buys 45% of
Gold Fields b
Asanko mine in Ghana
Asanko mine
019
JUNE 2019
Gruyere
e
es
produces
first gold
d
13
OCTOBER 2013
xploration
Growth and exploration
division closed
d
R 2016
OCTOBER 2016
reinvestment
Damang reinvestment
plan approved
oved
AUGUST – DECEMBER
AU
20
2018 South Deep
restructuring announced;
res
7-week NUM strike
7-
AUGUST 2020
AUGUST 202
Gold price hits record
Gold price hit
of US$2,067/oz
of US$2,067/
FEBRUARY 2020
FEBRUARY 2020
Board approves Salares
Board approves Sala
Norte construction
Norte construction
JANUARY 2021
Announcement of new CEO
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
11
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT CONTINUED
Net debt reduced by almost
US$600m to US$1,069m, resulting
in a net debt:EBITDA ratio of 0.56x at
end-December 2020 (2019: 1.29x).
Historically our target level for the
net debt:EBITDA ratio has been
around 1x. However, we have been
opportunistically reducing our debt
given higher gold price of late and
could well be at or close to net zero
within 18 months
Headline earnings increased more
than four-fold to US$729m (2019:
US$163m) and normalised profits
more than doubled to US$879m
(2019: US$343m). Shareholders
received a total dividend of R4.80/
share, three times our distribution of
R1.60/share in 2019. Our total value
distribution to stakeholders increased
to US$2,849m from US$2,577m
in 2019.
The pandemic did not disrupt the
continued improvements to the
quality of our portfolio of mines and
projects. Four years ago, and in
contrast to the consolidation activities
among our peers at the time, Gold
Fields embarked on a US$1bn
investment drive to ensure that our
portfolio continued to generate cash
sustainably by lowering AIC and
extending mine life while preserving
a sound balance sheet. In 2019, we
saw the benefits of our investment
programme for the first time in the
form of improved profits and cash-
flows, as well as lower costs. This
trend continued strongly into 2020.
The key elements of the programme
were essentially two new mines,
Gruyere in Australia and the Damang
Pit Cutback in Ghana, which
contributed US$66m and US$76m
respectively to Group net cash-flow in
2020. In 2018, we also acquired a 45%
stake in the Asanko mine in Ghana for
US$185m, with our JV partner Galiano
Gold, which manages the mine, holding
45%, and the Ghanaian government
the remaining 10%.
In February 2020, our Board decided
to go ahead with the construction of
the Salares Norte project in Chile, with
construction proceeding as planned
during the year, and set for completion
in late 2022. Once operational, which
is expected in 2023, Salares Norte
is expected to add 450koz gold-
12
equivalent production per year for the
first seven years at AIC of US$465/
oz – one of the lowest in the industry.
A successful equity raise of US$250m
in February 2020 positions us to
comfortably fund the project within our
debt targets.
Another important element of our
growth strategy was the continued
investment in near-mine exploration
at our Australian mines and, more
recently, at Tarkwa and Damang in
Ghana. As a result, we have been
able to consistently replace and
exceed the volumes of depleted
Mineral Reserves. Over the past five
years, since the December 2015
declaration, the Group has replaced
11.5Moz in depleted Reserves and
added a further 4.5Moz through
its successful exploration activities,
technical studies and project
investment. Gold Fields’ attributable
gold-equivalent Mineral Reserves
were 50.3Moz at the end of 2020,
an increase of 2% from 2019, with
our Australian mines replacing
8% of depleted Mineral Reserves.
Attributable gold-equivalent Mineral
Resources were 116.0Moz (2019:
116.0Moz).
The final pillar of our portfolio strategy
was to set up our South Deep mine in
South Africa for safe, sustainable and
profitable production. While South
Deep was the one in our portfolio
hardest hit by Covid-19-related
restrictions, it continues to report real
progress and a strong financial and
operational improvement. In 2019,
South Deep stemmed its decade-long
cash-burn by generating US$15m in
net cash-flow. With 2020 production
up 2% to 227koz and AIC unchanged
at US$1,260/oz, net cash-flow
improved even further, increasing
by 123% to US$34m. My cautious
optimism last year has been replaced
by strong confidence that the mine is
on the right track to generate long-
term, sustainable cash-flows and
profits.
I want to reiterate my statement from
last year: Gold Fields is now a senior
producer in the top 10 league of
global gold miners both in terms of
Reserves and production. We are in a
strong position to maintain production
of 2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per year for the
next 10 years, of which over 2.0Moz
will be outside of our South African
base. This is a level of production
our mines in Ghana, Australia and
Peru achieved in 2019 and 2020.
Furthermore, once Salares Norte
comes on stream, expected in 2023,
we will have a portfolio of 10 mines –
a size we consider optimal as it allows
management to properly focus on
operations.
As we have shown over the past few
years, we do not require expensive
mergers and acquisitions to achieve
sustainable and profitable growth
for our shareholders. Instead, our
focus on organic growth, backed by
consistent investment in near-mine
exploration, has allowed us to map
our own destiny to the benefit of
our stakeholders.
ESG
Our commitment to safe production
continues to underpin our operational
performance. During 2020, we
sought further improvements in terms
of our safety leadership, processes,
systems and culture. Tragically, we
lost one employee at South Deep,
Abel Magajane, after an underground
mining incident. I would like to again
express my condolences to his family.
We also reported six serious injuries
(2019: four) across the Group. Our
total recordable injury frequency rate
(TRIFR) regressed to 2.40 per million
hours worked (2019: 2.19). However,
this remains below the industry norm
of 3.20 (ICMM members – 2019
average). The physical distancing
restrictions we imposed because of
Covid-19 slowed down the roll-out of
Courageous Safety Leadership (CSL)
– our flagship safety programme – but
we expect to complete this during
2021, having already trained over
half of our employees.
One of the few positives emerging
from the Covid-19 crisis has been
the strong focus on the health of our
employees and host communities.
Safety has always been our number
one value, but the pandemic forced
us to give equal attention to the
health and wellness of our people.
Once the crisis is over, what we will
retain going forward is the ability to
test our workers for occupational
and non-occupational diseases,
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
as well as understanding their mental
wellbeing, and support them through
any recovery processes.
Furthermore, the pandemic served as
a catalyst to work more cooperatively
with our key stakeholders — trade
unions, communities, industry
peers and governments. With
Covid-19 threatening the livelihoods
of employees and the tax income
of governments, we found more
common ground with these
stakeholders. In most of the countries
where we operate, governments
declared mining an essential service,
allowing us to continue operating
when other sectors’ activities were
curtailed. In return, we and other
mining companies actively supported
governments by providing facilities,
health resources and much-needed
funding. During 2020, our mines
donated well over US$3m in medical
and sanitary equipment and other
services to host communities and
governments.
In 2020, we continued to focus
on driving our in-country and host
community economic impact.
Of the US$2.85bn in value created
during 2020 (2019: US$2.58bn),
US$676m, or 28%, remained in our
host communities through wages,
procurement spend and investments
in socio-economic development.
Approximately 53% of our workforce,
8,752 people, are employed from
our host communities. In addition,
we created 672 (2019: 504) non-
mining jobs through our community
investment programmes. Over the
past five years, we have created
between US$600m – US$800m
in community value every year.
Cumulatively, this amounts to over
US$3.54bn which, we believe,
presents a significant investment in
the economic wellbeing of our host
communities and their estimated
435,000 residents.
This year, we strengthened our
commitment to diversity and
inclusivity among our workforce.
We aim to have a workforce profile
that reflects the demographics of the
countries and communities in which
we operate. While we have made
progress in this regard – particularly
at South Deep, where Historically
Disadvantaged South Africans
(HDSAs) now comprise 73% of the
workforce, and women 23% – we are
falling short when it comes to broader
gender diversity across the Company.
Only 20% of our Group workforce
and leadership teams are women.
During 2020, we rolled out a Group
diversity and inclusion dashboard that
not only measures the representation
of women at all levels in the Company
but also evaluates lead indicators in
the areas of inclusivity, recruitment,
talent management, employee
retention and corporate culture.
As we improve these lead indicators,
we believe that more women will join
and remain at Gold Fields.
Climate change is undoubtedly one
of the defining global challenges
society is facing today. Gold Fields
has made considerable progress in
mitigating our contribution to climate
change. Our efforts are led by energy
savings and efficiency initiatives,
which enabled us to save 804kt CO2e
in emissions over the past six years –
with the added benefit of cost savings
for our operations.
Similarly, our recent investment in
renewable energy projects not only
secured stable and cost-effective
energy supplies for our mines, but
also reduced their carbon emissions.
During 2020, we commissioned
renewable microgrids, supported by
battery storage, at our Agnew and
Granny Smith mines in Australia.
Agnew became the first gold mine
in the world to derive over 50% of
its power from renewable energy
sources, mostly wind turbines
supported by a solar plant and low-
carbon gas. We have furthermore
advanced plans to introduce
renewables at Gruyere and St Ives,
as well as Salares Norte when it starts
operating in 2023.
In February 2021, South Africa’s
national regulator approved the
electricity generation licence for South
Deep’s 40MW solar plant, following a
three-year application process. Once
approved by the Board, construction
of the plant is set to take a year.
The project will provide up to 20%
of South Deep’s average electricity
consumption and significantly reduce
the mine’s carbon emissions.
Haulage diesel for our mining fleet
accounts for half of the Group’s
energy consumption. We are
increasingly focusing on initiatives
to reduce this, such as diesel-gas
hybrid vehicles and, more ambitiously,
looking at ways to introduce electric
vehicles underground. Through
the International Council on Mining
& Metals (ICMM), we are working
with our peers and equipment
manufacturers to accelerate the
development of electric vehicles for
our primary fleet which, once rolled
out, will have the added benefit of
markedly reducing Diesel Particulate
Matter (DPM) emissions from
underground operations.
We have also improved our
transparency around climate change
issues by aligning our reporting with
the recommendations of the Task
Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD). We published our
third TCFD-aligned Climate Change
Report in conjunction with this IAR.
Sound management of water
resources is another critical issue that
has taken on renewed urgency as the
climate changes, particularly in South
Africa, Peru, Chile and Australia,
which are water-stressed countries.
Water is, of course, also a critical
input for our processing activities.
We have no option but to use water
efficiently, which requires that we
reduce our demand for freshwater
from surrounding catchment areas.
We set two key targets to ensure we
efficiently manage our water usage.
These are, firstly, reducing freshwater
use by 3% – 5% a year and,
secondly, recycling and reusing at
least 70% of our water. We achieved
both targets during 2020.
Our commitment to responsibly
use our water resources is integral
to sound environment stewardship
at our operations. During 2020, for
the second consecutive year, Gold
Fields again recorded no serious
environmental incidents. This is
an important achievement, as
environmental incidents could also
potentially impact the communities
around us and our social licence to
operate.
The mining industry’s environmental
practices have been in the spotlight
13
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT CONTINUED
following the catastrophic collapse
of the tailings storage facility (TSF)
at Vale’s Córrego do Feijão iron
ore mine near Brumadinho, Brazil,
in January 2019, which killed 270
people. Subsequent to this tragedy,
ESG-focused investors and the
United Nations (UN) Environment
Programme engaged the industry
through the ICMM to develop a
new standard for managing tailings.
In August 2020, the parties officially
launched the Global Industry
Standard on Tailings Management
(GISTM), strengthening current
practices by integrating social,
environmental, economic and
technical considerations. ICMM
members have until August 2025 to
fully implement the standard at all
their TSFs, but all facilities that have
high-potential consequences will have
to conform to the standard two years
earlier. Gold Fields is set to complete
a gap analysis at its 37 TSFs by mid-
2021, after which we will commence
work to close all identified gaps.
ESG CHARTER
Over the past decade, Gold Fields
has integrated environmental, social
and governance issues into the
operational management of our
mines and projects. Managing safety
has always been an operational
responsibility.
In recent years, successfully
managing ESG issues has become
a critical consideration for our
stakeholders, particularly investors,
who increasingly expect that we
transparently disclose the impact of
and how we manage ESG, as well as
whether these align with Gold Fields’
strategy. Many of our peers have
committed to performance targets,
especially on climate change.
To date, Gold Fields has mostly
used internal objectives to guide the
GOLD FIELDS STRATEGIC ESG PRIORITIES
Strategic priorities
Objectives
Strategic intents
ESG work we do at our operations.
We have decided to integrate
high-level priorities into an ESG
Charter to drive longer-term goals
and are finalising detailed targets
for implementation by 2025. These
targets will be released later in 2021.
As we have for some time, we
will again be including ESG-linked
performance targets in the Group’s
Balanced Scorecard (BSC) for this
year (see p26) and in the long-
term, three-year incentive plans
for our senior employees (see our
Remuneration Report in the AFR
on p26 – 54).
Our ESG priorities are associated
with wide-ranging objectives and
strategic intents, including some
previous public commitments. These
are outlined in the table below, with
details provided in the respective
sections in this IAR:
Details
p51
p52
Partnering to ensure the
safety, health and wellbeing
of our workforce and
alleviating such impacts
on our communities
Build a diverse and
inclusive workplace
Unlocking business,
community and
stakeholder value
Eliminating fatalities,
serious injuries,
illnesses and mental
harm that could
arise from our mining
activities
Increase the
proportion of women
and Indigenous
People in our
workforce
Maximise in-country
and host community
employment and
procurement
Pursuing decarbonisation
and building resilience
to climate change in line
with our commitment to
the Paris Agreement for a
just transition to net-zero
carbon emissions
Reduce carbon
emissions, freshwater
use and exposure
to climate-related
risks to operations,
stakeholders and the
environment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Zero fatalities and serious injuries at our operations
Eliminate vehicular incidents by implementing
advanced collision avoidance technologies
Significantly reduce underground exposure to DPM p54
Minimise health and environmental impacts on our
host communities
Increase the proportion of women in our workforce,
including women in leadership and women in
mining in all our operating regions
Maximise Group host community employment
Maximise Group host community procurement
spend
Maximise Group in-country procurement
Continue pursuing carbon emissions reductions at
all our operations
Increase Group renewable energy use and include
at least 20% renewables in all new projects
Introduce electric vehicles in our underground
operations
p89
p59
p85
p84
p84
p100
p101
p73
12. Reduce freshwater use and optimise Group water
p99
recycling and reuse levels
Safe and responsible
tailings management
13. Achieve and maintain compliance with the GISTM
p103
as committed to by ICMM members
Full compliance with the
2020 Global Industry
Standard on Tailings
Management
14
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT
Of the external strategic dynamics
that inform Gold Fields’ decision-
making and influence our business
performance, the gold price is the
most significant. During 2020, the
gold price continued the upturn that
started early in 2019, when gold was
trading at around US$1,300/oz. The
metal traded at US$1,530/oz at the
beginning of 2020, and hit an all-time
high of US$2,070/oz in August before
easing back to around US$1,800/
oz at year-end and US$1,700/oz
in March 2021. The average gold
price received by our mines during
2020 amounted to US$1,768/oz, a
27% increase from the US$1,388/oz
received in 2019.
The fluctuating gold price reflects
the volatile external environment
amid global economic and political
uncertainties and, above all,
the impact of Covid-19. Drivers
supporting gold include increasing
global debt, an expectation of higher
inflation in key economies, continued
low rates of interest, central bank
support and continued geopolitical
risks. This is tempered by reduced
fabrication and jewellery demand for
the metal.
While much of the gold price’s
short-term movement is driven by
market sentiment and geopolitical
developments, gold’s role as an
investment medium is still as relevant
today as it has been for decades.
Furthermore, primary supply appears
to have peaked and years of
underinvestment in the industry have
set the scene for flat to lower gold
production even in the face of higher
prices. Mine supply, which in 2019
showed its first decline in 10 years,
continued to decrease by 4% during
2020 according to the World Gold
Council. Many gold market analysts
are of the view that the industry
has reached peak production levels
given the limited number of new gold
discoveries since the mid-1990s,
together with the decreased levels of
exploration spend over recent years.
This could influence gold positively in
the longer term.
We believe that capital expenditure
in the industry has to increase, with
companies needing to invest in new
projects and exploration activities to
maintain current production levels.
In our assessment, the recent spate
of consolidation in the industry is a
response to the under-investment
in capex in recent years even in the
wake of higher gold prices.
Gold Fields does not seek to
predict the gold price. We expect
volatility and structure our business
accordingly to achieve a 15% FCF
margin around a planning gold price
of US$1,300/oz. Beyond that, we
seek to maximise value by:
• Prioritising cash-flow over
production volumes
• Eliminating marginal mining
• Hedging a portion of our gold
production in times of high capex
and debt
Therefore, we believe the Group is in
a relatively strong state to weather a
sustained lower gold price at just over
US$1,000/oz, and well positioned to
capture the upside of the higher price
as we did in 2020.
Other external dynamics that
impacted Gold Fields during 2020
were:
• The Covid-19 pandemic – see p53,
57 and 87
• Resource nationalism – see p92
• Social licence to operate – see p82
OUTLOOK FOR 2021
This year will see another big capital
investment for Gold Fields, with total
capital expenditure (capex) guidance
of US$1,177m for the year, of which
US$538m is sustaining capital.
Of the US$639m in project capital,
US$508m will be allocated to Salares
Norte, which is expected to be 70%
complete by end-2021. Salares Norte
will have a significant impact on Gold
Fields’ long-term production and cost
profile, as the mine will be producing
450koz gold-equivalent production
per year for the first seven years at
AIC of US$465/oz – one of the lowest
in the industry.
In 2021, Group attributable production
is expected to be higher at 2.30Moz
– 2.35Moz. Given the high capital
spend, AIC is set to be between
US$1,310/oz – US$1,350/oz.
Excluding capital spend on Salares
Norte, we expect AIC of US$1,090/oz
– US$1,130/oz. AISC is guided at
US$1,020/oz – US$1,060/oz.
The main drivers behind production
and cost guidance for 2021 are:
• A 27% increase in production at
South Deep to 290koz. The mine’s
management team has a clear
understanding of the operation and
the different activities in the mining
value chain. Looking beyond 2021,
we are confident that a further
20% – 30% can be added to
production levels over the next four
years
• Damang is moving into the heart
of the Damang pit ore body. As
such, the mine is guiding 23%
higher production at 275koz and at
significantly lower AIC of US$790/oz
(2020: US$1,035/oz)
• Following its first full year of
production during 2020, the Gruyere
team is meeting production and
processing targets. For 2021, the
mine is guiding for production
to increase by 9% to 280koz
(100% basis)
The risk of stoppages due to Covid-19
has not been factored into any
guidance estimates and the extent of
Covid-19 impacts on either production
or costs is indeterminable at this stage.
Gold Fields’ 2021 business plans
are based on an average gold
price of US$1,600/oz (A$2,100/oz,
R900,000/kg).
NOTE OF THANKS
By the time you read this, I will have
officially departed as Gold Fields’
CEO, and Chris Griffith would have
stepped into the position on 1 April
2021. I want to welcome Chris to the
Company and assure him that he is
leading an organisation that is sound,
sustainable and imbued with the right
values. Above all, he will be working
with a formidable group of people and
can take comfort in the knowledge
that this team will be behind him as
he leads Gold Fields into the future.
I have been with Gold Fields in a
leadership position since it was
formed through the merger of
Gold Fields of South Africa and
Gencor’s gold assets in late 1997.
My first 11 years were spent as
CFO and, since 2008, I served as
the Company’s CEO. It has been an
eventful and sometimes tumultuous
journey but, above all, enormously
rewarding and humbling.
15
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT CONTINUED
The Gold Fields of today is
unrecognisable from the company
we founded 23 years ago. Most
notably, the Company has expanded
into a more global and modernised
operation, while still retaining its
roots in South Africa. I can honestly
say with confidence that our current
portfolio of mines is well positioned
to create financial and economic
benefits for its stakeholders on a
standalone basis for years to come.
I am equally proud of the changes
we instilled relating to our people,
external stakeholders – particularly
our host communities – and the
environment we impact. The
Company has an unshakable
commitment to sustainability and
our stakeholders are accruing real
value from our mining activities.
Environmental stewardship also
enjoys a high priority among our
management teams.
Our achievements would not have
been possible without the full backing
of the people of Gold Fields. I had
the pleasure of meeting and getting
to know as many of you as I could
during my travels across the regions.
Each and every one of you has made
a valuable contribution to the success
MESSAGE FROM THE INCOMING CEO
As I step into the CEO role at Gold
Fields, I want to first and foremost
acknowledge the great work done by
Nick Holland, his management team
and all the employees at the Company.
It is a credit to Nick that, since he
took over in 2008, the Company has
been fundamentally transformed from
a South Africa-centric and labour-
intensive operation to one that is
global, sustainable and ethical. It is a
company I believe embodies global
leadership in sustainable gold mining.
The strong performance and
reputation of the Company is built
on a number of pillars, and, together
with the corporate and regional
management teams, I plan to build
on these successes.
These include the work Gold Fields
has done in the area of sustainability,
spearheaded by an uncompromising
commitment to safety and health.
But it also includes the Company’s
16
of our Company. While we have jointly
experienced some difficult times over
the past few years, including wide-
ranging restructuring initiatives and
the Covid-19 pandemic, I believe we
have emerged from them stronger.
I extend my most sincere gratitude to
you, my colleagues, recognising your
commitment, resilience and expertise.
I have naturally worked more closely
with some of you more than others.
Paul Schmidt, our CFO, has been my
right-hand man from the day I took
over as CEO. He has always been a
voice of financial reason, for which
I continue to be extremely grateful.
I also relied heavily on the members of
the Company’s Executive Committee,
who guided and advised me in
managing a complex multinational
organisation.
Finally, I would like to express
my sincere gratitude to my fellow
directors over the past 26 years.
As CFO and CEO, I have had the
privilege of working with a number
of visionary Chairpersons: Brian
Gilbertson, Alan Wright, Dr Mamphela
Ramphele and, over the past eight
years, Cheryl Carolus. They each
provided valuable oversight and
effective governance, while mapping
environmental stewardship, particularly
its roll-out of renewable energy, and its
ground-breaking work on community
value creation through host community
employment and procurement.
On the operational front, all the mines
are at present contributing positively
to the Group’s cash-flow and investing
in their longevity by replacing depleted
Mineral Reserves and Resources. The
Group’s longer-term sustainability is
ensured with the prospective, low-cost
Salares Norte project in Chile, currently
under construction.
There is clearly always room for
improvement and I will be working with
the teams on enhancing their financial
and operational excellence, including
further implementing innovation and
digital technologies to improve safety,
costs and efficiencies.
Not surprisingly, many stakeholders
want to know if I will fundamentally
change the strategy or portfolio of
the Company. I will take my time to
the strategy that led to Gold Fields’
successful transformation. I want to
express a special note of gratitude
to Rick Menell, who has been on the
Board since I took over as CEO in
2008. His guidance on our corporate
transactions and strategy in particular,
has been invaluable over these years.
I leave Gold Fields with one major
regret – that we still record fatalities
and injuries at our operations. On the
day I took office as CEO on 1 May
2008, nine miners at South Deep
died when the cage they were being
transported in plummeted down a
shaft. At the end of that year, we
reported an unfathomable 47 deaths.
I have prioritised safe production by
making safety our number one value.
While our safety performance has
significantly improved since then,
even last year we still recorded one
fatality and six serious injuries. Our
goal of achieving zero harm proved
to be elusive during my tenure, but
I sincerely believe we have built the
foundations to achieve this in the
imminent future.
Nick Holland
CEO
fully understand the business, its
operations and the leadership team
before taking a closer look at these
wider strategic issues. Having said
that, the gold market is very dynamic
at the moment and it would be remiss
of us not to be alert to opportunities
that may add shareholder value.
Taking over the helm at Gold Fields is
a great opportunity – and challenge.
I look forward to working with one of
the industry’s leading teams to build on
the foundation laid by Nick. I want to
thank him again for his leadership and
wish him well in his retirement.
Chris Griffith
Incoming CEO
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PILLARS
SAFETY AND WELLBEING OF OUR PEOPLE
2020 PERFORMANCE
Recorded one fatality (2019: one)
and six serious injuries (2019: four)
TRIFR regressed to 2.40 per million
hours worked (2019: 2.19)
Recorded 10 Covid-19-related
deaths among our employees
(up to 29 March 2021)
Rolled out extensive Covid-19
intervention programmes
CSL programme rolled out to 50%
of employees
First pay-outs to ex-mineworkers
suffering from Silicosis in South
Africa made from the Tshiamiso
Trust
Developed a Group health guideline
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p50 – p55.
The Covid-19 pandemic has
further highlighted the impact of
non-occupational diseases on our
business. Our operations in Ghana
and South Africa have long assisted
our employees in dealing with Malaria
and HIV/Aids, among others, and our
approach to mitigating the effects
of Covid-19 was no different. More
recently, our operations have also
introduced programmes to prevent
and mitigate risks associated with
mental health issues among our
people.
Safety is Gold Fields’ number one
value, and our operations continue to
mine only as long as it is safe to do
so. Over the past decade, we made
significant progress in our efforts
to eliminate all fatalities and serious
injuries at our operations. Unbundling
our labour-intensive legacy South
African gold mines to Sibanye Gold
(now Sibanye-Stillwater) in February
2013 immediately reduced both the
number of fatalities at our operations
and our TRIFR, the foremost indicator
used in the global mining sector
to measure safety performance.
However, since then, we continue to
record at least one fatality every year,
as we did in 2020. We also recorded
six serious injuries during 2020.
Over the past few years, all our mines
have transitioned to the ISO 45001
safety management system that
enables an integrated approach
to health and safety management.
Furthermore, safety management
informs the annual performance
bonuses of our executives, managers
and the broader workforce.
In 2018, we formed a Group Safety
Leadership forum and introduced
SAFETY TRENDS FROM 2010 TO 2020
Number of fatalities
a range of programmes to drive
the right behaviours across our
business. First among them is our
CSL programme, which aims to equip
our employees with the practical
tools needed to become safety
leaders. Over 50% of our employees
completed the CSL programme
and, once this programme has
been rolled out to all employees,
we plan to extend our Australian
behaviour-based programme, Vital
Behaviours, throughout the Group.
We are simultaneously implementing
a range of new technology systems
to enhance our employees’ safety,
including people tracking, collision
avoidance and traffic management.
Over the past 10 years, we have
steadily intensified our efforts to
prevent occupational diseases
and health issues that impact our
workforce. These include health
risks associated with Noise-
Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL), DPM,
Silicosis and Tuberculosis (TB).
We comply with all occupational
health regulations and, in countries
where regulations have not been
promulgated, we follow industry best
practice standards.
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
4.96
5.16
4.39
4.14
4.04
3.40
2.27
2.42
2.19
2.40
1.83
8
1
0
2
6
1
2
2
4
3
2010
2011
2012
20131
2014
2015
2016
(cid:132) Fatalities
1 Transitioned from Lost-Time Injury Frequency Rate to TRIFR, Sibanye Gold mines excluded for the first time
(cid:132) Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR) (per million hours worked)1
1
2017
3
1
1
2018
2019
2020
TRIFR
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
17
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
DEVELOPING A FIT-FOR-PURPOSE WORKFORCE
2020 PERFORMANCE
Improved gender diversity – women
comprise 20% of our global
workforce, of which 50% are women
in mining and 21% are in leadership
86% of employees are nationals of
the regions in which we operate
US$676m of our value created
remained with our host communities
53% of our employees are from
our host communities
73% of the total workforce at
South Deep are HDSAs
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p56 – p59.
demographics of the countries in
which we operate. To achieve this, we
need to address unconscious bias in
the workplace, capitalise on the value
diverse perspectives bring to Gold
Fields, and attract candidates from
underrepresented backgrounds and
host communities. While our definition
of diversity extends beyond gender
alone, we are aware that women only
account for 20% of our employees
across the Group and, therefore,
enhancing gender diversity is a key
focus area going forward.
As Gold Fields evolved over the past
10 years, so has our workforce profile.
The most notable manifestation
of the Sibanye Gold unbundling
was the dramatic decrease in our
workforce by about 30,000 people.
Another feature of the past decade
is increased modernisation at all our
mines, which has required a change
in the skills level of our employees.
It has therefore become critical that
we repositioned ourselves to build a
pipeline of talent that will strengthen
the sustainability of the Group.
Attracting and retaining the right
skills starts with competitive, market-
related and performance-based
remuneration while also embracing
modern working practices, such as
flexible work arrangements. More
than this, however, it also requires
continued investment in training
and development to meet the future
needs of an increasingly mechanised,
modernising and automated mining
industry. We are also responsible
for ensuring a safe and healthy
workplace for our people, and for
being a company they can be proud
of by investing in the sustainability of
our operations and the welfare of the
communities we impact.
Our workforce profile has also
changed in other ways. As at
end-2020, contract workers across
our regions accounted for about
two-thirds of our total workforce.
This necessitates close contractor
management and ensuring that
contractors align with Gold Fields’
values, policies and procedures –
particularly those relating to safety,
human rights and environmental
management.
A second defining trend over the past
decade has been the increased focus
on host community employment.
Members from our host communities
now make up over half of our
workforce, which aligns with our
strategy of creating value for the
communities in the regions where
we operate.
Finally, our workforce has become
more diverse and transformed –
particularly in South Africa, where
Historically Disadvantaged Persons
(HDPs) are increasingly assuming a
larger share of leadership positions.
However, we recognise that we still
have a long way to go before our
workforce fully reflects the varying
WORKFORCE BY GROUP AND REGION (end-December)
Total workforce
Employees
Contractors
Proportion of
Nationals1
2020
4,268
2,998
4,027
7,003
116
18,412
2010
346
562
43,8222
2,538
98
47,268
2020
568
1,668
2,226
1,063
116
5,641
2020
3,700
1,330
1,801
5,940
0
12,771
2020
98%
78%
84%
99%
75%
86%
Americas
Australia
South Africa
West Africa
Corporate
Total
1 Employees only (not contractors)
2 Workforce pre-Sibanye unbundling
18
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PILLARS
CREATING A GLOBAL, SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO
2020 PERFORMANCE
Achieved the first full year of
production at Gruyere
Damang Reinvestment project
bearing fruit
Commenced construction of the
Salares Norte project in Chile
Invested US$50m in near-mine
exploration, mostly at our Australian
mines
South Deep recovery continues
Increased Mineral Reserves to
52.1Moz and Mineral Resources
to 116.0Moz
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p60 – p67.
We promote the sustainability of
our portfolio by investing in near-
mine exploration, which averaged
between US$50m – US$80m a year
over the past five years. Since 2013,
our Mineral Reserves position has
remained relatively stable at around
50Moz as our successful exploration
drives have replaced and exceeded
the volumes of depleted Mineral
Reserves.
Now, Gold Fields has a portfolio
of nine mines and one project. We
believe that a portfolio of no more
than 10 mines is optimal, allowing
management to properly focus on
operations and maintain safe and
profitable production of between
2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per year for the
next 10 years.
Gold Fields’ overriding strategic
objective is to improve the quality
of its portfolio by lowering Group
AIC, thereby increasing our free
cash-flow (FCF) to create value for
our stakeholders. To achieve this,
we employ various elements in the
portfolio management process,
including:
• Acquiring or developing lower-cost
(than Group average), longer-life
assets
• Extending the life of current assets
through near-mine brownfields
exploration
• Focusing on in-country
opportunities to leverage off our
existing footprint, infrastructure and
skills set
• Disposing of higher-cost, shorter-life
assets
All assets in our portfolio are subject to
the Group's annual strategic planning
process, which assesses how each
operation can best maximise cash-
flow, life-of-mine and margin.
The composition and geographic
distribution of Gold Fields’ portfolio
of assets fundamentally changed in
2013. The most significant changes
were the unbundling of the legacy
South African gold mines into Sibanye
Gold in February 2013, as well as
the acquisition of the Yilgarn South
Assets (Darlot, Granny Smith and
Lawlers) from Barrick Gold in Western
Australia during October of that year.
Before this, our South African assets
accounted for 50% of total production.
Now, our Australian mines comprise
just under half of our portfolio.
We have been on an investment
drive since 2017 to improve the
sustainability of our production
base. During this time, we invested
US$347m into the Damang
Reinvestment project, spent A$350m
to acquire 50% of the Gruyere project
and A$329m to build the mine, paid
US$185m for a 45% interest in the
Asanko mine in Ghana, and invested
US$13m to restructure South Deep.
Furthermore, in 2020, our Board
gave the go-ahead for construction of
the US$860m Salares Norte mine in
Chile after spending US$161m in the
preceding four years on project and
exploration costs.
ATTRIBUTABLE GOLD-EQ PRODUCTION
ATTRIBUTABLE GOLD-EQ MINERAL RESERVES
Total:
Total:
3.50 Moz
2.16 Moz
2.24 Moz
76.6 Moz
46.1 Moz
50.3 Moz
2010
2015
2020
2010
2015
2020
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
2010
9%
22%
50%
19%
2015
13%
44%
9%
34%
2020
9%
46%
10%
38%
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
2010
5%
5%
79%
11%
2015
3%
8%
74%
15%
2020
13%
14%
61%
12%
19
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
PROFITABLE PRODUCTION AND SUSTAINABLE CASH-FLOW
2020 PERFORMANCE
Achieved revised production and
cost guidance for the year
Limited the impact of Covid-19
on production to 3% of original
guidance
South Deep achieved record cash-
flow of US$34m (2019: US$15m)
Produced 1.0Moz at our Australian
mines, with Gruyere contributing for
the full year for the first time
Australian region tripled its net
cash-inflow to US$498m
Cerro Corona’s gold-equivalent
production declined by 29%
Damang continues to build-up
production and lower AIC
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p68 – p73.
The core focus of Gold Fields’
strategy is to grow its FCF margin
and sustain this in the long term.
Therefore, when looking at growth
within Gold Fields, we focus not on
increasing our levels of production,
but rather on reducing Group AIC,
increasing the FCF margin per ounce
of gold produced and sustainably
extending the average reserve life
per operation. The Group targets
an FCF margin of at least 15% at
a notional long-term planning gold
price of US$1,300/oz. This provides a
degree of downside resilience should
the price decline below that level in
the short term. At the same time, it
means we can improve our margins
should the gold price exceed that
level – which has been the case for
the last two years.
Our progress towards our target is
supported by the gradual decline
of Group AIC to below US$1,100/
oz over the past few years. In Q4
2012 – the last quarter before the
Sibanye Gold unbundling – Group
AIC amounted to US$1,621/oz. All
the while, our production levels held
steady at around 2.20Moz.
The improved cost performance
at stable production levels and
the higher gold price received, as
well as the gradual easing of our
capex programme, ensured that net
cash-flow from operating activities
improved steadily over the past
few years, culminating in inflows of
US$631m in 2020. This translated
into an FCF margin of 28% at a gold
price of US$1,771/oz, meaning that
we successfully exceeded our 15%
target for four consecutive years.
During 2021, our US$508m capex
programme at Salares Norte will push
up AIC temporarily.
GROUP AIC AND CASH-FLOW TRENDS FROM 2012 TO 2020
Cash flow (US$m)
1,537
1,312
)
0
8
2
(
)
5
3
2
(
1,087
5
3
2
1,026
1,006
1,088
1,173
1,064
1,079
3
2
1
4
9
2
9
4
2
1
3
6
)
2
(
)
2
2
1
(
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:132) Net cash-flow (US$m)1
1 Net cash-flow from operating activities after taking account of net capital expenditure and environmental payments
(cid:132) Group AIC (US$/oz)
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
(100)
(200)
(300)
20
AIC (US$/oz)
1,600
1,200
800
400
0
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PILLARS
CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND SOUND BALANCE SHEET MANAGEMENT
2020 PERFORMANCE
Continued reduction in net debt to
US$1,069m (2019: US$1,664m)
Excluding lease liabilities, net debt
totalled US$640m at end-2020
Net debt:EBITDA ratio of 0.56x
(2019: 1.29)
Total dividend payment of R4.80/
share (2019: R1.60/share)
Loss on gold, copper, oil and foreign
exchange hedges of US$239m
Successful US$249m equity raise
to fund Salares Norte construction
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p74 – p80.
With the project capital having largely
been spent by mid-2019, the purpose
of the hedging programme shifted
to servicing debt, with management
paying down almost US$600m
during 2020 and the net debt:EBITDA
ratio falling substantially below 1x.
Gold Fields is generally active in the
debt markets through a range of
instruments to further improve the
liquidity and profile of Group debt.
Our priorities for the free cash-flow
(FCF) we generate are:
• Strengthening the balance sheet:
At the height of the growth capital
cycle at the end of 2018, the
Group’s net debt:EBITDA (excluding
lease liabilities) peaked at 1.45x.
With Gruyere and Damang now at
or approaching steady state, we
have used the free cash generated
in 2020 to reduce net debt further
and strengthen our balance sheet
• Funding growth projects: Capex
for the Salares Norte project in
Chile is planned to total US$860m
(in 2020 terms), a portion of which
will be funded from cash-flow. Apart
from the Salares Norte project, there
is no major growth capital budgeted
for the medium term
• Returning dividends to
shareholders: Gold Fields has a
long and well-established Dividend
Policy of paying out between 25%
– 35% of normalised earnings to
shareholders. During 2020, Gold
Fields declared a total dividend of
R4.80/share, which translates to
30% of normalised earnings
Gold Fields’ Hedging Policy allows
for hedging to protect cash-flows,
firstly, at times of significant capex,
secondly, to address specific debt
servicing requirements and, thirdly,
to safeguard the viability of higher-
cost operations. We do not enter
into long-term systematic hedges,
but do determine whether short-term
hedging is appropriate.
Given the high levels of project capital
incurred over the past three years,
the Group has run an active hedging
programme using short-term hedges
to protect our cash-flow and balance
sheet. These gold, copper, oil and
foreign exchange hedges resulted
in a net realised loss of US$417m
in 2020.
DEBT AND DIVIDEND TRENDS FROM 2010 TO 2020
Dividend (R/share)
Net debt:EBITDA ratio
5
4
3
2
1
0
1.50
1.30
1.38
1.45
1.291
0.95
1.03
0
2
.
1
0.78
0.72
0.27
0
3
.
3
5
3
.
2
2
2
.
0
0
4
.
0
5
2
.
0
0
1
.
1
0
9
.
0
0
4
.
0
0.561
0
6
.
1
0
8
.
4
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:132) Total dividend (R/share)
1 Adopted the new IFRS 16 Lease accounting standard
(cid:132) Net debt:EBITDA ratio
2.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
21
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS
2020 PERFORMANCE
Total value created for our stakeholders
amounted to US$2.85bn
(2019: US$2.58bn)
Provided over US$3.3m in support
of governments’ and communities’
Covid-19 programmes
Of our total value created, US$676m
remained with our host communities
Achieved a strong share price
performance, and paid R4.80/share
in dividends
Payments to governments amounted
to US$381m (2019: US$254m) in the
form of taxes and royalties
Payments to business suppliers totalled
US$1,786m (2019: US$1,744m)
Paid a total of US$412m in wages and
benefits to our employees
(2019: US$395m)
Published our first Report to
Stakeholders
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p81 – p95.
community value-creation programme
the following year, total community
value distribution amounted to a mere
US$16m, as we did not actively promote
or measure host community employment
and procurement. Our cumulative host
community value creation from 2016 –
2020 was US$3.54bn. This is a shift in
approach from community contribution
to delivering enduring value to our
stakeholders.
The mining industry significantly impacts
the countries and communities in
which it operates. For Gold Fields,
the stakeholders most material to
our business are those who have a
substantial influence on our ability to
create value or secure our regulatory
licenses, and those in our host
communities who can influence our
social licence to operate. We build
relationships that are open, transparent
and constructive, and actively engage
with our key stakeholders on the issues
they care about the most at the local
level.
It is important that our local stakeholders
receive material, real benefits from
the mining activities taking place in
their midst. Since 2013, our total
value creation has ranked between
US$2.4bn – US$3bn a year in the form
of payments to suppliers, salaries and
wages to employees, taxes and royalties
to governments, dividend and interest
payments to capital providers, as well
as investments in socio-economic
development (SED) in our host
communities.
In addition, Gold Fields continues to
focus on maximising in-country economic
impact. Of our procurement spend,
96% is to in-country suppliers, while, on
average, 86% of our employees are in-
country nationals.
In recent years, our host communities
have emerged as the most critical
stakeholder for our mines, and their
success is essential for our operational
sustainability. By creating jobs among
our workforce for host community
members, procuring goods and services
from host community enterprises and
investing in community projects, we
deliver enduring value, while contributing
to our communities’ social and
economic growth and development. Our
performance during 2020 illustrates this:
• Along with our contractors, we
employed 8,752 people, or 53% of
our workforce, from host communities
• Host community procurement
amounted to US$536m, or 29%
of total spend
• Our investment in SED projects in our
host communities totalled US$17m,
and also created 672 non-mining jobs
Our initiatives ensured that US$676m, or
28% of our total value creation, remained
with our host communities in 2020.
In 2015, before we commenced our
IN-COUNTRY EMPLOYEE AND HOST
COMMUNITY WORKFORCE
IN-COUNTRY AND HOST COMMUNITY
PROCUREMENT SPEND
HOST COMMUNITY VALUE CREATION
RELATIVE TO SED SPEND
% of total
100
80
60
40
20
0
5
9
8
4
5
9
0
4
6
9
6
5
5
9
5
5
6
8
3
5
% of total
100
80
60
40
20
0
2
9
8
3
4
9
0
4
3
9
7
2
6
9
4
3
6
9
9
2
US$m
900
600
300
0
4
0
6
6
1
1
9
7
7
1
6
8
6
5
2
2
8
7
2
2
6
7
6
7
1
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:132) Proportion of national employees (%)
(cid:132) Proportion of host community employees
and contractors (%)
(cid:132) In-country procurement spend (%)
(cid:132) Host community procurement spend (%)
(cid:132) Host community value creation (US$m)
(cid:132) SED spend (US$m)
22
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PILLARS
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
2020 PERFORMANCE
Experienced no serious (Level 3 – 5)
environmental incidents for the
second consecutive year
Ranked within the top five in the
DJSI for the 10th straight year
Spent US$257m on energy usage
(2019: US$300m)
Increased energy consumption by
5% to 13,129TJ (2019: 12,498TJ)
Achieved 80% of the 2017 to
2020 emissions reduction target of
800kt CO2e
Launched renewable energy
microgrids at Agnew and Granny
Smith
Started implementation of the new
GISTM to be completed by 2025
Recycled/reused 71% of our total
water consumption, which is above
ICMM targets
93% of progressive rehabilitation
plans implemented
For more details on our 2020
performance, refer to p96 – p104.
energies and increasing the reuse
and recycling of water. We integrate
assessment of climate-related risks
and opportunities in project studies,
as well as operational and strategic
planning.
source of friction and conflict between
mines and their host communities.
A reliable and cost-efficient supply
of energy is equally critical to our
operations. Apart from labour, energy
is the biggest operational cost at our
mines. It is therefore critical that we
use energy efficiently, as it is also a
significant contributor to our carbon
footprint in the form of Scope 1 and
2 emissions. The negative physical
impacts of climate change are real
and immediate, due to:
• The long-term risks posed to
our operations and surrounding
communities because of extreme
weather events, such as severe
rainfalls and prolonged droughts
• Increasing efforts to regulate
carbon emissions in most of our
jurisdictions
• Taxes on non-renewable energy
consumption increasingly being
imposed by governments
As such, Gold Fields’ climate change
programme specifically focuses on
energy management programmes
to reduce emissions and energy
costs, including the use of renewable
ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS
Number of incidents
Gold Fields is committed to
responsible environmental
stewardship. The conservative use
of water and energy resources by
our mines is not only critical for
them to remain effective, but also
to limit the impact of our usage
on the surrounding communities
and environment. To facilitate this,
Gold Fields strictly adheres to all
local legislation and regulations,
and is guided by a number of
leading external standards. We
have developed several Group
environment-related policies – relating
to environmental stewardship, climate
change, materials and supply chain
stewardship, water stewardship and
tailings management – as well as a
range of related guidelines.
Water is a key focus area of our
environmental strategy. Not only is
it becoming an increasingly scarce
and expensive resource globally,
but we also draw water from the
same catchment areas as our
local communities. In countries like
Peru and Chile, for example, water
management has become a key
CO2 INTENSITY
tCO2e/oz
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
9
3
.
1
0
1
0
2
3
4
.
1
1
1
0
2
8
6
.
1
2
1
0
2
1
6
.
0
3
1
0
2
5
5
.
0
4
1
0
2
9
5
.
0
5
1
0
2
9
6
.
0
6
1
0
2
6
6
.
0
7
1
0
2
6
6
.
0
8
1
0
2
6
6
.
0
9
1
0
2
2
6
.
0
0
2
0
2
(cid:132) CO2 intensity1
1 Scope 1 and 2 emissions
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7 5 7 3 4 5 3 2 2 0 0
0
1
0
2
1
1
0
2
2
1
0
2
3
1
0
2
4
1
0
2
5
1
0
2
6
1
0
2
7
1
0
2
8
1
0
2
9
1
0
2
0
2
0
2
(cid:132) Level 3 – 5 incidents
23
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
GROUP SCORECARDS
WE ARE COMMITTED TO ACHIEVING OUR VISION OF BEING THE GLOBAL LEADER IN SUSTAINABLE GOLD MINING. OUR STRATEGY IS
DESIGNED TO ENABLE THE DELIVERY OF THIS VISION THROUGH AN INTEGRATED APPROACH. OUR STRATEGY, WHICH COMPRISES
FOUR PILLARS – ORGANISATIONAL CAPACITY, INTERNAL BUSINESS PROCESSES, STAKEHOLDERS AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE –
IS FURTHER INFORMED BY OUR DEDICATION TO OPERATIONAL RESILIENCE, DEBT REDUCTION AND INTEGRATED THINKING.
THE INFOGRAPHIC BELOW SHOWS HOW WE PERFORMED AGAINST OBJECTIVES SET IN THE GROUP 2020 SCORECARD.
PERFORMANCE AGAINST 2020 GROUP SCORECARD
OBJECTIVES:
11
INCREASE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (TSR):
12
113
114
FINANCIAL
CAPITAL DISCIPLINE PROCESS
Reduce net debt by
US$300m – US$400m @ US$1,500/oz1
Performance:
Net debt reduced by US$595m @ US$1,768/oz
STAKEHOLDER
REPUTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS:
• 60% of active investors engaged twice a year
• 80% achievement of planned government engagement interactions
Performance:
– >70% of active investors engaged (508 engagements), despite Covid-19
– Government actions plans presented to the Board for each region. Engagements limited
due to Covid-19
STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS
• Improve the resolution between short-term and long-term planning
Performance:
>80% compliance to strategic project schedules and actions; business plan achievement
is within 5% of long-term plan for AIC and gold-equivalent production
INTERNAL
BUSINESS
PROCESSES
ORGANISATIONAL
CAPACITY
EFFICIENCIES AND SECURITY OF UTILITIES
(ENERGY AND WATER)
• 5% TJ reductions through energy-saving initiatives
• Achieve 80% of 800,000t CO2e reduction for 2017 –
2020
• Commence construction of South Deep solar plant
• 3% reduction in freshwater withdrawal
• Increase water recycling/reuse to 66% of total
Performance:
– 8% TJ reduction savings
– 639kt CO2e reduction
– Regulatory approval for solar plant received in
February 2021
– 5% reduction in freshwater withdrawal
– Water recycling/reuse of 71% of total use
QUALITY
IMPROVE
PORTFOLIO
MANAGEMENT
• Develop growth plans
for the Australia, West
Africa and Americas
regions
Performance:
Growth plans for all
regions developed
24
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
• Above median performance against peer group
Performance:
Share price increased 46% during 2020. Gold Fields placed between median and top quartile
COST GUIDANCE (AIC)
US$1,035/oz – US$1,055/oz2
Cost guidance for 2020
Performance:
Guidance revised to US$$1,070/oz – US$1,090/oz due to
Covid-19 impact. Performance for 2020: US$1,079/oz
CAPITAL RETURNS
15% return at US$1,300/oz
and A$1,850/oz gold price per project/investment
Performance:
Return on capital achieved at three completed projects:
St Ives Invincible South (23%); St Ives Hamlet North (42%);
Damang (77%)
ANALYSTS AND INVESTORS, EMPLOYEES, GOVERNMENT, COMMUNITIES
• Substantial implementation of community action plans
• Increase in the number of influenced hired employees3
Performance:
– Each region achieved at least 83% implementation of the community action plans
– 29% of total hires were influenced hires
n
e
e
b
e
v
a
h
e
w
l
u
f
s
s
e
c
c
u
s
w
o
h
w
o
h
s
t
a
h
t
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
f
o
s
r
o
t
a
c
d
n
i
i
:
s
r
o
t
a
c
i
d
n
i
g
a
L
s
e
m
o
c
t
u
o
i
g
n
v
e
h
c
a
i
n
i
CAPITAL DISCIPLINE
PROCESS
• Substantial compliance of capital
projects with time, cost and
scope approvals
Performance:
90% of actions achieved for capital
projects’ engineering scope, on
time and within budget
SAFETY, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND WELLBEING
• Substantial achievement of
environmental, health and safety
scorecard
Performance:
80% of actions under the Group’s
Environmental Health and Safety
scorecard completed despite Covid-19
restrictions
ORGANISATIONAL CULTURE
• Improve response to findings in employee surveys
• Managers living the Gold Fields values as measured
by 360˚ assessment
• Increased diversity and inclusion among employees
Performance:
– 80% of survey programmes implemented
– 3/5 rating for managers living the values
– 5% increase in diversity inclusion index
OF OUR PORTFOLIO
SUSTAIN
IMPROVEMENTS AT
SOUTH DEEP
• Deliver the 2020
guidance of 8,000kg at
R625,000/kg
Performance:
Revised guidance
(due to Covid-19 shutdown)
achieved – 7,056kg at
R664,000/kg
DELIVERY OF
SALARES NORTE
• Complete detailed
engineering design
• Commence with
construction in Q4 2020
Performance:
– US$250m capital raise
completed
– Construction commenced
in Q4 2020
– 97% engineering design
completed
INNOVATION AND
TECHNOLOGY
• Significant progress in rolling
out digital infrastructure
Performance:
93% of planned I&T programmes
completed
PEOPLE CAPACITY
• 75% cover for high-impact and
mission-critical roles
Performance:
80% cover for roles achieved
GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE
• No material deviations from compliance guidelines
• All audit findings resolved within agreed timeframes
Performance:
No material deviations from guidelines and all audit findings resolved
1 Illustrative price 2 Including spending on Salares Norte project 3 This is measured by the number of referrals via LinkedIn
t
a
h
t
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
f
o
s
r
o
t
a
c
d
n
i
i
:
s
r
o
t
a
c
i
d
n
i
d
a
e
L
s
s
e
c
c
u
s
e
r
u
t
u
f
/
s
e
m
o
c
t
u
o
e
v
i
r
d
25
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
GROUP SCORECARDS CONTINUED
THE INFOGRAPHIC BELOW SHOWS THE KEY OBJECTIVES UNDER OUR GROUP 2021 SCORECARD
OBJECTIVES:
1
1
OUR 2021 GROUP SCORECARD
FINANCE
IMPROVE TSR
Improve total shareholder return (TSR) through increased
share price and dividend payouts
22
33
STAKEHOLDERS
IMPROVE REPUTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
INTERNAL
BUSINESS
PROCESSES
IMPROVE STRATEGIC
PLANNING PROCESS
Improve the strategic planning
process
IMPROVE CAPITAL
DISCIPLINE PROCESS
Improve our process as it relates to allocating
and managing capital
ORGANISATIONAL
CAPACITY
BUILDING RESILIENCE
TO CLIMATE CHANGE –
WATER
Improve the security and
efficiency of water use
INCREASE RESILIENCE
TO CLIMATE CHANGE –
ENERGY
Strengthen our security of
supply to avoid operational
interruptions, improve
energy efficiencies, optimise
energy costs and reduce our
greenhouse gas emissions
IMPROVE ASANKO INVESTMENT
A recommendation backed by an execution
plan is to be made on the future strategy
with regards to our investment in the JV
during 2021
IMPROVE THE QUALITY
OF AMERICAS PORTFOLIO
Improve the quality of the Chilean portfolio
Advance Salares Norte Project
SOUTH DEEP PEOPLE AND
PROCESSES IMPROVEMENT
Relentless focus on developing people and
improved processes, to deliver their and the
business’ full potential
44
26
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR LEADERSHIP AND STRATEGY
REDUCE DEBT
Reduce debt to improve TSR,
reduce risk and create financial
flexibility
IMPROVE FREE CASH-FLOW
Increase free cash-flow per ounce
at a set gold price
IMPROVE CAPITAL
RETURNS
Improve rate of return on
capital invested
Improve investor and analyst confidence, community and government reputation in Gold Fields
IMPROVE SAFETY, HEALTH AND
ENVIRONMENT AND WELLBEING
• Eliminate fatalities, serious injuries and
environmental incidents in our business and
remove people from risk
• Improve the health and wellbeing of our
workforce
IMPROVE
ORGANISATIONAL
CULTURE
Improve engagement
levels of employees
IMPROVE TAILINGS
FACILITY MANAGEMENT
Further reduce dam safety
risks and commence with
implementation of the Global
Industry Standard on Tailings
Management (GISTM)
IMPROVE INNOVATION
AND TECHNOLOGY
Improve operational health and
safety, business processes,
efficiencies of operations
and productivity through the
implementation of innovation and
technology initiatives, based on
the Gold Fields modernisation (I&T)
roadmap
IMPROVE PEOPLE
CAPACITY
Deliver the people scorecard as
per plan
IMPROVE FEMALE
REPRESENTATION
Increase the number of women
in the workplace
IMPROVE GOVERNANCE
AND COMPLIANCE
Improve adherence to all required
legislation, regulations, standards,
policies agreements and
procedures
n
i
n
e
e
b
e
v
’
e
w
l
u
f
s
s
e
c
c
u
s
w
o
h
i
g
n
w
o
h
s
s
r
o
t
a
c
d
n
i
i
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P
:
s
r
o
t
a
c
i
d
n
i
g
a
L
s
e
m
o
c
t
u
o
i
g
n
v
e
h
c
a
i
s
s
e
c
c
u
s
e
r
u
t
u
f
/
s
e
m
o
c
t
u
o
e
v
i
r
d
t
a
h
t
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
f
o
s
r
o
t
a
c
d
n
i
i
:
s
r
o
t
a
c
i
d
n
i
d
a
e
L
27
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
Agnew, Australia
28
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
HOW WE
OPERATE
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
P30 – 32
HOW WE GOVERN OUR
BUSINESS P33 – 35
OUR BUSINESS MODEL P36 – 37
STAKEHOLDERS AND VALUE
CREATION P38 – 40
MATERIAL MATTERS P41
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
P42 – 47
29
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS
As the Company's highest governing body, the Board of Directors assumes ultimate responsibility for Gold Fields’ adherence
to sound corporate governance standards. The Board ensures that all business decisions are made with reasonable care,
skill and diligence to maximise value for key stakeholders. Our Board comprises a diverse group of directors with the relevant
knowledge, expertise, technical experience and business acumen to govern ethically and with honesty, transparency,
responsibility, authenticity and impartiality. Below, we list our Directors as at 31 December 2020.
CHERYL CAROLUS (62)
Chairperson
BA Law; Bachelor of Education, University of the Western Cape;
Honorary Doctorate in Law, University of Cape Town (UCT)
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: Director, 2009
Chairperson, 2013
RICHARD MENELL (65)
Deputy Chairperson
BA (Hons), MA (Natural Sciences Geology), Cambridge; MSc
(Mineral Exploration and Management), Stanford University
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: Director, 2008, Deputy Chairperson,
2015, Lead independent director, 2017
Resigned with effect from 10 March 2021
NICK HOLLAND (62)
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
BCom; BAcc, University of the Witwatersrand (Wits); CA(SA)
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: Executive director, 1998, CEO, 2008
Retired with effect from 31 March 2021
PAUL SCHMIDT (53)
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
BCom, Wits; BCompt (Hons),
University of South Africa (UNISA); CA(SA)
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: Executive director, 2009,
CFO, 2009
ALHASSAN ANDANI (59)
Independent non-executive director
BSc (Agriculture), University of Ghana; MA (Banking and Finance),
Finafrica Institute in Italy
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2016
PETER BACCHUS (52)
Independent non-executive director
MA (Economics) Cambridge University
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2016
VALUE-ADDING EXPERIENCE
Governance and compliance, social
development, training and development,
people management
Executive management, mining, geology
Finance, mining, management
Finance, mining, management
Mining management, engineering
Investment banking, financing, mergers
and acquisitions
BOARD INDEPENDENCE
(1 April 2021)
BOARD TENURE
(1 April 2021)
BOARD AGE
(1 April 2021)
REGIONAL EXPERIENCE (number of directors)
Europe
Australia
South Africa
West Africa
1
2
6
1
0
2
4
6
8
NATIONALITIES (1 April 2021)
(cid:122) Independent non-executive 80%
20%
(cid:122) Executive directors
(cid:122) 0 – 2 years
(cid:122) 3 – 6 years
(cid:122) >9 years
20%
60%
20%
(cid:122) <50 years
(cid:122) 50 – 59 years
(cid:122) >60 years
10%
40%
50%
South Africa
Ghana
Australia
7
1
2
0
2
4
6
8
30
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
While we operate in contexts that are often driven by changing social and political trends, we believe our effective and ethical
governance structures enable us to protect our reputation and social licence to operate while creating sustainable value for our
stakeholders. We adhere to all relevant legislation and industry standards and are committed to upholding the principles of the
King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016 (King IV) throughout our operations. We have also voluntarily
aligned our business with several international standards and guidelines as detailed on p3 of our Annual Financial Report (AFR).
Our King IV application register is detailed in our full Corporate Governance Report (p2 – 17 of our AFR). Our Board met four
times during the year. Our 2020 Board and Board committee attendance was 99% (2019: 97%).
TERENCE GOODLACE (61)
Independent non-executive director
MBA (Business Administration), University of Wales; BCom, UNISA;
NHDip and NDip (Metalliferous Mining), Witwatersrand Technikon;
MDP, UCT
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2016
CARMEN LETTON (55)
Independent non-executive director
PhD (Mineral Economics), University of Queensland; Bachelor
Mining, Engineering, WASM
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2017
PHUTHI MAHANYELE-DABENGWA (50)
Independent NED
BA Economics, Rutgers, State University of New Jersey; MBA,
De Montford University, Leicester
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2018
Resigned with effect from 28 February 2021
STEVEN REID (65)
Independent non-executive director
BSc (Mineral Engineering), South Australian Institute of Technology;
MBA, Trium Global Executive; ICD.D, Institute of Corporate Directors
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2016
VALUE-ADDING EXPERIENCE
Mining, capital projects, commercial
and operational management, risk
management, mineral resource
management
Mining engineering, corporate
governance, risk management,
corporate strategy
Financial, infrastructure development,
commercial
Mining engineering, risk management,
compensation management
YUNUS SULEMAN (63)
Independent non-executive director
BCom, UKZN; BCompt (Hons), UNISA; CA(SA); CD(SA)
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 2016
Auditing, financial accounting,
governance
NEW APPOINTMENTS SINCE 2020 YEAR-END
PHILISIWE SIBIYA (44)
Independent non-executive director
BCom (Hons), University of KwaZulu-Natal (UKZN); CA(SA)
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 1 March 2021
Executive management, finance,
telecommunications
CHRIS GRIFFITH (55)
CEO (with effect from 1 April 2021)
BEng (Mining), University of Pretoria
APPOINTED TO THE BOARD: 1 April 2021
Mining, executive management,
engineering
BOARD DIVERSITY
(1 April 2021)
EXPERIENCE (number of directors)
Development (social, infrastructure and training)
Management (including risk management)
Auditing and financial accounting
Finance, investment banking, mergers and acquisitions, commercial and capital projects
Mining and geology
Governance, compliance and corporate strategy
Refer to our Corporate Governance Report in our AFR for our full meeting
attendance and the detailed curricula vitae (CVs) of our directors.
(cid:122) White male
(cid:122) Black male
(cid:122) White female
(cid:122) Black female
50%
20%
10%
20%
2
7
3
6
6
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
31
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR BOARD COMMITTEES
as at 31 December 2020
NOMINATING AND GOVERNANCE
COMMITTEE
Met seven times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Cheryl Carolus
MEMBERS: Steven Reid, Rick Menell,
Yunus Suleman
AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE
Considers the composition and effectiveness of the Board and its
committees, as well as management as a whole. It is responsible for the
succession of directors and key executives, and is involved in recruiting
appropriately skilled directors. The Committee also ensures a robust
approach to the Company’s corporate governance.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Met five times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Steven Reid
MEMBERS: Cheryl Carolus, Alhassan Andani,
Rick Menell, Peter Bacchus
Assists the Board to ensure that the Group’s remuneration practices are
fair, responsible and equitable, and that it supports growth in stakeholder
value. In particular, the Committee ensures that executive remuneration
is directly linked to Gold Fields’ performance, thereby protecting our key
stakeholders' interests by incentivising management to deliver value.
SOCIAL, ETHICS AND
TRANSFORMATION (SET) COMMITTEE
Met four times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Carmen Letton
MEMBERS: Cheryl Carolus, Rick Menell,
Alhassan Andani, Nick Holland, Phuthi
CAPITAL PROJECTS, CONTROL AND
REVIEW COMMITTEE
Met four times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Rick Menell
MEMBERS: Peter Bacchus, Terence Goodlace,
Yunus Suleman, Steven Reid, Cheryl Carolus,
Phuthi Mahanyele-Dabengwa, Carmen Letton
RISK COMMITTEE
Met seven times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Peter Bacchus
MEMBERS: Terence Goodlace, Carmen Letton,
Yunus Suleman
SAFETY, HEALTH AND SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT (SHSD) COMMITTEE
Met five times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Terence Goodlace
MEMBERS: Cheryl Carolus, Rick Menell,
Steven Reid, Carmen Letton, Phuthi Mahanyele-
Dabengwa
AUDIT COMMITTEE
Met five times in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Yunus Suleman
MEMBERS: Rick Menell, Alhassan Andani,
Peter Bacchus
AD-HOC INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
Met once in 2020
CHAIRPERSON: Peter Bacchus
MEMBERS: Alhassan Andani, Yunus Suleman,
Steven Reid, Cheryl Carolus, Rick Menell
GROUP EXCO
CHAIRPERSON: Nick Holland
CEO: Chris Griffith
(with effect from 1 April 2021)
Assists the Board to discharge its oversight responsibilities relating
to safety, security, health, environmental, social, ethics, human rights,
sustainable development and stakeholder relationships. Furthermore, it
holds the Company responsible for operating an ethical and sustainable
business in line with the principles of good corporate citizenship.
Considers, reviews and approves new capital projects exceeding
US$200m and satisfies the Board that the Group has used correct,
efficient methodologies in evaluating and implementing such projects.
The Committee monitors progress throughout the project lifecycle and
periodically reports any findings to management and the Board.
Assists the Board to establish Gold Fields’ risks and opportunities. It also
ensures that management identifies and implements appropriate risk
management controls to ensure long-term value creation for stakeholders
in a risk environment that continues to evolve.
Assists the Board to oversee the effectiveness of the Group’s SHSD
programmes and strategic plan. It also monitors the Company’s
performance in this regard and ensures that it complies with relevant
laws, regulations and external standards to ensure optimal safety, health
and environmental practices, contributing to the Group’s social licence
to operate.
Oversees the integrity and transparency of Gold Fields’ corporate
reporting and accounting practices, and considers risks that may affect
external reports’ integrity.
Considers and recommends, where appropriate, strategic, organisational
and structuring options for the Group to the Board, including investment
and divestment opportunities, to maximise shareholder returns
sustainably.
Our Group Exco is responsible for implementing the Group’s strategy
and executing the Board’s mandate and directives. Exco meets at least
every month to review Gold Fields’ performance against set strategic
objectives, and develops strategies and policy proposals for the Board’s
consideration. It also assists the Board in the execution of the Company’s
disclosure obligations.
Exco has 12 members in total, comprising the Company’s principal officers and executive directors. More information can be found on our website at
www.goldfields.com/our-leadership.php
32
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
HOW WE GOVERN OUR BUSINESS
KEY DELIBERATIONS AND DECISIONS TAKEN BY THE BOARD
IN 2020
STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED
(cid:79) 75% cover for high-impact and critical roles
(cid:79) Safely deliver strategic projects
(cid:79) Sustain improvements at South Deep
(cid:79)
(cid:79)
(cid:79)
Improve the quality of our portfolio and deliver Salares Norte
Improve efficiencies and security of energy and water
Improve people capacity to deliver operation performance and
Group strategy
(cid:79) Ensure transparent governance and compliance with GISTM
BOARD DELIBERATIONS
(cid:79) Reviewed CEO successions and appointed Chris Griffith as
successor to Nick Holland. In deliberating this decision, the
Board weighed up the importance of skills, expertise and
relevant experience
(cid:79) Reviewed Gold Fields’ operational plans and strategies
(cid:79) Monitored South Deep’s ongoing restructuring
(cid:79) Approved US$860m for Salares Norte construction and monitored
(cid:79)
progress
Implementation of Global Industry Standard on Tailings
Management (GISTM)
(cid:79) Monitored the commissioning of renewables projects at two
Australian mines and approved renewables plans for four other
operations
STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED
(cid:79) Manage balance sheet and maximise returns
(cid:79) Continue to reduce the Group’s net debt
(cid:79)
Improve the return on invested capital
BOARD DELIBERATIONS
(cid:79) Approved additional oil price, copper, gold and foreign exchange
hedges
(cid:79) Approved debt refinancing and extension of debt maturity
(cid:79) Approved sale of non-strategic shareholdings
ORGANISATIONAL
CAPACITY
FINANCIAL
Gold Fields
Board
STAKEHOLDER
BOARD DELIBERATIONS
(cid:79) Engaged on tailings management and
the implementation of the GISTM
(cid:79) Conducted full review of heritage
management in Australia, and engaged
investors on this issue
(cid:79) Monitored ASM strategy implementation and incidents,
as well as resettlement grievances in Ghana
(cid:79) Strengthened engagement on and improved disclosure of
environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues
(cid:79) Deliberated on increases in host community employment
and procurement targets, including focus on the creation of
non-mining jobs
(cid:79) Focused on social and economic developments in our host
communities
(cid:79) Monitored support and approved donations to communities and
governments for Covid-19-related programmes
STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED
(cid:79)
Increase the quality and quantity of engagement with key
stakeholders
(cid:79) Drive Shared Value creation with impacted communities
(cid:79)
Improve the Group’s reputation with key stakeholders
(cid:79) Drive diversity and inclusion in the workforce
BOARD DELIBERATIONS
INTERNAL
BUSINESS
PROCESSES
(cid:79) Oversaw the development and monitored
implementation of Covid-19-related
policies, protocols and programmes,
prioritising the safety and health of
employees
(cid:79) Regular feedback to Risk Committee on Covid-19-related risks,
strategies and mitigating actions
(cid:79) Approved Group Principles of Wellbeing
(cid:79) Reviewed the causes of major internal and external safety and
environmental incidents
(cid:79) Reviewed and approved diversity and inclusion dashboard
(cid:79) Examined the causes of the fatal incident at South Deep and
developed learnings
(cid:79) Approved the following environmental policy statements: Group
Tailings Management Policy Statement, Climate Change Policy
Statement, Sustainable Development Policy Statement,
Environmental Policy Statement (February 2021)
STRATEGIC GOALS SUPPORTED
(cid:79) Protect the safety, health and wellbeing of employees
(cid:79)
Increase diversity and inclusion among employees
33
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE GOVERN OUR BUSINESS CONTINUED
HOW BOARD GOVERNANCE ADDS VALUE
SETTING FAIR REMUNERATION
• Ensures executive remuneration is fair, equitable and
responsible, and informed by Exco’s achievement of Gold
Fields’ strategic objectives
• Determines remuneration principles in line with King IV
• Ensures remuneration practices align with shareholder
interests and support the achievement of a sustainable
business by:
− Helping to attract, motivate, retain and reward employees
− Driving achievement of strategic objectives through
SUPPORTING STRATEGY THAT DELIVERS
VALUE AND SUSTAINABILITY
• Approves strategic goals and direction following Exco’s
presentation of strategy, business plans and risk register
for input
• Ensures strategy drives a sustainable business agenda and
considers the interests of stakeholders by balancing how risks
and opportunities might impact the achievement of objectives
• Agrees upon performance targets
• Monitors implementation of strategy through quarterly Board
meetings
incentives and rewards
• Quarterly CEO reports on performance against operational
• Approves a remuneration policy that includes disclosures on
implementation to ensure transparent reporting of CEO and
CFO remuneration
targets
• Performs on-site visits to operations and projects and, on
occasion, interacting with individual executives on strategic
and operational performance
DRIVING INCLUSIVE STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
• Approves Stakeholder Relationship and Engagement
Policy to ensure that stakeholder engagement allows for
collaborative and informed decision-making
• Oversees transparent reporting so stakeholder groups can
make informed assessments of Gold Fields’ ability to deliver
sustainable value
• Drives ongoing evolution of inclusive stakeholder
engagement and relationship building to balance the
interests, needs and expectations of stakeholders with the
best interests of the Company
BUILDING AN ETHICAL CULTURE
• Sets the tone for a culture of ethics that underpins
commitment to compliance, and voluntarily adopted rules,
codes and standards, where practical
• Upholds an ethos of good governance and sustainability
• Ensures business decisions are carried out with due care,
skill and diligence to protect reputation and maintain licence
to operate
• Promotes a culture of ethics and responsible corporate
citizenship
• Carries out its fiduciary duties
CREATING A SAFE AND HEALTHY
WORKING ENVIRONMENT
ENSURING REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
AND SOUND GOVERNANCE
• Upholds the primary value of “If we cannot mine safely, we
will not mine”, thereby supporting the practice of stopping
mining in areas or situations that are deemed unsafe
• Supports minimising potential negative impacts on
employees and contractors, maintaining operational
continuity and protecting reputation
• Together with management, drives a stringent safety and
health culture
• Oversees adherence to safety, health and environmental
legislations, standards and compliance requirements,
and approves adoption of various voluntary leading safety
principles
• Ensures compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and
adopted rules, codes and standards, and the highest levels
of corporate governance
• Supports Exco decisions to drive governance in line with
leading practices
• Reviews corporate governance systems and frameworks
to align these with increasingly stringent and far-reaching
obligations imposed by laws, regulations, rules, codes
and standards
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP AND IMPACT ON, AND BENEFITS TO, COMMUNITIES
• Ensures alignment with good corporate citizenship, assessment and speedy response to any negative impacts operations may have
on communities and the environment
• Through the SET Committee, focuses on, among others, impact on, and benefits to, communities, while the SHSD Committee deals
with, inter alia, issues of environmental stewardship
34
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
ENSURING WE DO BUSINESS ETHICALLY
THE STRUCTURES AND MECHANISMS USED TO DRIVE ETHICAL BUSINESS PRACTICE
The foundation of our business is based on strong ethics. Our Board and its committees are responsible for setting
the ethical tone which, in turn, cultivates a culture of integrity and transparent reporting to our stakeholders. From this
foundation, we build trust with our stakeholders, allowing us to strengthen our reputation and create sustainable value.
We have numerous mechanisms in place to help to ensure we conduct our business ethically, adhere to compliance
requirements and entrench good governance within the business.
Legal and compliance
1
2
Audit and risk
We assess any legal, non-compliance and reputational
risks facing the Company and mitigate these by enacting
an effective governance and compliance framework,
which follows a systematic and integrated approach, and
pivots on robust mitigating control structures.
During 2020, we:
• Enhanced the annual profiling and assessment of applicable
laws, regulations, rules, codes and standards with the
assessment and integration of Covid-19 and related changes
and obligations
• Amending the internal assurance process to more effectively
align inherent and residual risk, controls and imposed
obligations
• Enhanced the Group Governance and Compliance portal to
include a fit-for-purpose and focused centre of excellence for
data protection and privacy
• Risk-screened 100% of all new and existing suppliers and
contractors for a range of pre-defined risk categories
• Analysed engagements with and commitments made to
external stakeholders, as well as declarations filed in terms
of the Group’s Code of Conduct
• Extended operational audits by our Internal Audit function to
assess compliance-related controls as part of the control’s
application on the operational business process
The Risk Committee examines the key risks and
opportunities facing the business and reports these to
the Board twice a year. The Board aims for effective
controls and corrective measures to manage and
mitigate these risks. Furthermore, the Audit Committee
seeks to ensure the integrity, accuracy, and adequacy
of Gold Fields’ accounting records.
Internal Audit ensures that the necessary internal controls are in
place to mitigate any potential risks in all regions. Our operations
receive an audit ranking and, where necessary, corrective measures
are put in place.
The External Audit function assures the integrity, accuracy and
adequacy of accounting records and corporate reporting.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. was appointed as our auditors
from 2019.
For more information on our Risk and Audit Committees, refer to
p8 – 10 of the AFR.
Commitment to leading practice
3
4
Code of Conduct
We support the development of an ethical and
responsible gold mining industry. Gold Fields is aligned
to leading practices, which underpin our commitment
to responsible corporate citizenship. We are
committed to and guided by:
• The legislation and regulations of the countries in which we
operate
• The requirements of the JSE and NYSE
• The United Nations (UN) Guiding Principles on Business and
Human Rights
• The ICMM 10 Principles on Sustainable Development and
eight position papers
• The 10 Principles of the UN Global Compact
• King IV
• UN Convention Against Corruption
• The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (OECD) Convention on Combating Bribery
• Extractive Industry Transparency Initiative
• World Gold Council – Conflict Free Gold Standard
• Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
• Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Our Code of Conduct pivots on the Gold Fields’ values,
and informs the way we conduct ourselves – from our
operations to our Board. It also extends to our supply
chain business partners. Updated in 2017, our Code of
Conduct was distributed to all existing employees, while
new employees receive it during their onboarding
processes. As at end-2020, 94% of our people had
undergone training on the Code of Conduct. We also
have an anonymous tip-offs hotline in operation, which
is always available to employees and business partners
in all regions. Our principle of speaking-up was further
enhanced with the implementation of a Whistleblower
Policy during 2020.
Key principles of our Code of Conduct:
• Ethical leadership within the organisation, along with ethical
management
• Protection of employees and third-party whistleblowers,
promoting an environment for reporting of transgressions
• Safeguarding the business against potential reputational harm
and litigation
• Transparent and ethical dealings and interactions with all
stakeholders, and declaring all gifts and entertainment, as well
as any conflicts of interest
• Protection of Company information
• Accurate and transparent reporting
• Safeguarding against insider trading
35
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
INPUTS
Human capital (p56)
Our employees and contractors provide the
manpower, skills and expertise that drive our
strategy.
• 5,641 employees
• 12,771 contractors
• Ethical, accountable and transparent
leadership
Natural capital (p98)
Water security and reliable energy supply are
critical to our mining and processing activities,
while access to land enables us to extract gold
and copper resources.
• 13,128 TJ of energy consumption
• 21.7 GL water withdrawn
Social and relationship capital (p82)
The quality and strength of our relationships with
stakeholders, including governments, as well as
partnerships with host communities, support our
licence to operate and the sustainability of our
operations.
• Inclusive Stakeholder Engagement and
Relationship Policy
• Sound and transparent working engagements
with governments at national, regional and
local levels
• Open and honest relationships with our host
communities
Financial capital (p75)
We require financial capital to expand
our footprint, which is provided by banks,
shareholders and bond-holders.
• US$584m capital expenditure
• US$868m cash generated
Manufactured capital (p69)
Our manufactured capital refers to our
investment in machinery, equipment, technology
and ICT infrastructure at our mines and projects.
It also includes the goods and services we need
to develop and sustain these assets.
• Nine operating mines (including our Asanko
JV) and one project
• US$409m sustaining capital and US$175m
growth capital
• Strong Mineral Reserves and Resources
position
Intellectual capital (p73)
Our people and partners’ intellectual input
informs our strategic objectives, drives
innovation and efficiencies, and aids risk
management. This is underpinned by a strong
ethos of good governance and ethics.
• Innovation and technology that improve cost,
safety and productivity
• Modernisation strategy
• Business improvement initiatives
(cid:132) Positive
(cid:132) Negative
36
Constraints to the
availability of our inputs
• Attracting and retaining a steady
supply of the right skills in a highly
competitive environment
• Sourcing the right skills from our host
communities
• Increasing the diversity of our
leadership teams
• The impact of climate change on our
mines and surrounding communities
• Operating in water-stressed regions
• Security of power supply and cost
of energy
• The trust gap between mining
companies, governments and
communities
• The impact of market sentiment and
geopolitical developments on the gold
price and foreign exchange rates
• Ageing infrastructure at our older
mines
• Balancing the requirement of
modernising our mines with cost
reductions
• Developing the right talent to meet
the future needs of an increasingly
mechanised, modernising and
automated mining industry
• Reskilling the existing workforce
to ensure we can retain their
experience and knowledge
BUSINESS PROCESSES
Our active portfolio management approach has
enabled us to build a geographically diversified
portfolio with nine mines and one project in five
countries. We focus on the following elements:
1EXPLORATION
Acquiring or
developing lower-
cost (than Group
average), longer-
life assets
2DEVELOPMENT
Extending the life
of current assets
through near-
mine brownfields
exploration
OUTCOMES FOR THE BUSINESS
AND STAKEHOLDERS DURING 2020
Human capital
Natural capital
(cid:132) US$412m paid in salaries
and benefits
(cid:132) US$6.8m spent on training
and development
(cid:132) Zero Level 3 – 5
environmental incidents
for the second
consecutive year
(cid:132) Recycled 71% of water
withdrawn and reduced our
freshwater intake by 3%
(cid:132) One fatal incident
(cid:132) 10 deaths among our people
(March 2020 –
March 2021) due to
Covid-19-related illnesses
(cid:132) 10 new cases of Silicosis
submitted to health
authorities
(cid:132) Six serious injuries
(cid:132) Achieved an A score in the
CDP’s Water Disclosure Project,
demonstrating leadership
in water stewardship and
reporting transparency
(cid:132) 1.97Mt CO2e
(cid:132) 200Mt of total material
moved
(cid:132) All mines, implemented at
least 93% of their progressive
rehabilitation plans
(cid:132) 20% of our total workforce
are women, including women
in leadership
(cid:132) 12 community grievances
relating to environmental
stewardship
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
Gold Fields has firmly positioned itself as a global diversified gold producer with a quality portfolio of mechanised underground
and open-pit mines. Our business model explains how we aim to fulfil our strategic objectives, as well as how we create,
preserve or erode value for our stakeholders over time.
Gold Fields manages its business with the overriding strategic objective to
continually improve the quality of its portfolio by lowering All-in costs (AIC),
thereby increasing free cash-flow (FCF) margin per ounce of gold produced.
3MINING
In-country opportunities
to leverage off our
existing footprint,
infrastructure and skills
set, and capitalise on
the experience we have
gained from operating in
these jurisdictions
4PROCESSING
Disposing of
higher-cost, shorter-
life assets that
management believes
can be better served
by a company that
has more time and
resources to commit
to them
5MINE CLOSURE
Environmental
stewardship, through
which we protect
and enhance
relationships between
our operations and
host communities
OUTPUTS
2.24Moz
of attributable gold-eq
production (p69)
24.8kt
of attributable copper production
(p70)
141Mt
mining waste produced (p104)
59Mt
of tailings waste (p103)
10.0Gl
of freshwater used (p99)
1.969Mt
CO2e emissions (p101)
Social and relationship capital
Financial capital
Manufactured capital
Intellectual capital
(cid:132) US$17m invested in programmes
and projects that benefit our host
communities
(cid:132) US$868m in mine
cash-flow
(cid:132) US$112m spent on Salares Norte
project, with construction ahead of plan
(cid:132) Employment for 8,752 members of
our host communities (53% of our total
workforce)
(cid:132) US$253m paid in
interest and dividends
(cid:132) Invested US$50m in near-mine
exploration (including Salares Norte)
(cid:132) US$536m spent with host community
enterprises (29% of total procurement
costs)
(cid:132) Net debt decreased to
US$1,069m (2019:
US$1,664m)
(cid:132)
Damang Reinvestment project in Ghana
providing strong returns
(cid:132)
South Deep and Cerro Corona closed
for a number of days as part of
nationwide lockdowns in response to
Covid-19
(cid:132) Completed one of the world’s
largest renewable energy
microgrids at Agnew and installed
a microgrid at Granny Smith
(cid:132) Installed an advanced collision
avoidance system in Ghana to
reduce worksite accidents and
injuries
(cid:132) Continued investment in South
Deep, South Africa’s largest bulk,
mechanised, underground gold
mine
(cid:132) 86% of our employees are from our
countries of operation and 96% of
all goods and services are procured
in-country
(cid:132) US$381m paid to governments in
taxes and royalties
(cid:132) 139 community grievances
(cid:132) JSE share price up 46%;
NYSE share price up
42%
(cid:132) Lost 3.5% of production against
original market guidance due to impact
of the Covid-19 pandemic
(cid:132) Salares Norte signs contract to
instal 26MW microgrid, including
10MW solar
(cid:132) Total dividend of R4.80/
share declared, up 200%
from 2019
(cid:132) Replaced 103% of depleted Mineral
Reserves
(cid:132) Salares Norte signs contract to
use dry-stack tailings, one of the
most environmentally responsible
tailings solutions
(cid:132) US$467m in gross
mining closure liabilities
(cid:132) Lower production and higher costs
at the Cerro Corona mine due to
Covid-19-related actions
(cid:132) Increased use of real-time data
to enable decisions that facilitate
safer and more productive mines
(cid:132) Released our first Report to
Stakeholders, providing increased
transparency on the impact of our
operations on key stakeholders
(cid:132) US$30m spent on
Covid-19-related
programmes to assist our
employees, communities
and governments
(cid:132) Continued improvement in production
and costs at the South Deep mine
amid successful implementation of
restructuring initiatives
(cid:132) Introduction of drones
underground for tasks like cavity
scanning, remote drill hole
surveying and cleaning
37
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS
The sustainability of our operations depends on mutually beneficial relationships with our key stakeholders. We therefore
focus on constructive, transparent and open engagement which, we believe, will create enduring value for our stakeholders
and the Company.
TOTAL AND NATIONAL VALUE DISTRIBUTION BY REGION AND TYPE 2020 (US$m)
Employees
SED spend1
Capital
providers
Business
partners
Governments
National value
distribution
Australia
Americas
South Africa
West Africa
Corporate
Total Gold Fields
145
42
86
80
60
4124
1
3
32
10
0
17
7
4
2
12
229
253
716
167
190
615
98
1,786
143
58
23
171
7
381
1,013
273
283
887
394
2,849
1 Socio-economic development spend in host communities
2 This includes US$1m from the South Deep trusts
3 South Deep does not yet pay income tax as it is in a loss-making position
4 This excludes benefits paid to employees working on capital projects
Employees
VALUE DISTRIBUTION PER REGION
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
(cid:122) Corporate
10%
35%
21%
19%
15%
PAYMENTS INCLUDE
salaries and wages, benefits and bonuses.
US$412m
paid in salaries and benefits
53%
host community employment
38
KEY CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Learning and development
• Performance management
• Competitive remuneration and benefits
• Job security amid Covid-19
• An inclusive and enabling culture with opportunities for innovation
• Safe and healthy working environments
• A company that is ethical and sustainable
VALUE CREATED FOR EMPLOYEES IN RESPONSE TO THEIR KEY CONCERNS
AND EXPECTATIONS
• Paid competitive salaries with a strong performance-based component
• Optimised business processes and operational efficiencies
• Continued to implement modern working practices to facilitate greater
work-life balance
• Cultivated a stringent safety and health culture
For more information, refer to p56 of the IAR and our Report to Stakeholders.
HOW WE SUPPORTED OUR EMPLOYEES DURING COVID-19
• Paid all our employees their base salaries
• Provided testing and quarantine facilities
• Enabled office and administrative staff to work from home
• Enabled older employees and those with comorbidities to work from home at
all times
• Instituted flexi-time working arrangements
• Reduced international and regional travel
• Implemented standard operating procedures once employees started returning
to offices
• Imposed mandatory social distancing, sanitation and mask-wearing practices
at our sites and offices
• Established a dedicated Covid-19 information portal
• Offered mental health support programmes
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
Host Communities
Number of engagements in 2020: 658 (2019: 364)
TOTAL COMMUNITY VALUE
DISTRIBUTION PER REGION1
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
5%
34%
13%
48%
1 Value distribution comprises procurement,
employee wages and investment in
socio-economic development (SED)
See also p83
PAYMENTS INCLUDE
procurement, employee wages and investment in SED.
US$17m
invested in SED
US$536m
spent on host community procurement
US$123m
spent on host community employee wages
Total: US$676m
KEY CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Employment and procurement opportunities
• Skills and enterprise development
• Environmental rehabilitation
• Community investment
• Protection of heritage sites
VALUE CREATED FOR COMMUNITIES IN RESPONSE TO THEIR KEY CONCERNS
AND EXPECTATIONS
• Roll-out of Shared Value projects and host community initiatives have increased
the percentage of value distributed to host communities to 28% of total value
created by Gold Fields
• Created jobs and business opportunities through host community procurement
• Unlocked opportunities for host community employment in the mines, their
contractors and suppliers, their suppliers, and non-mining sectors
• Invested in integrated community development, including health and wellbeing,
environment and infrastructure
• Expanded skills base in host community by unlocking education and training
opportunities
For more information, refer to p81 of the IAR and our Report to Stakeholders.
HOW WE SUPPORTED OUR COMMUNITIES DURING COVID-19
• Donated to government and industry response funds
• Donated medical equipment to local hospitals and clinics
• Distributed personal protective equipment to host communities
• Distributed food to vulnerable people
• Donated sanitising materials and equipment to local government to curb the
spread of Covid-19
• Launched radio and television campaigns to raise awareness and dispel myths
around the virus
Capital providers
VALUE DISTRIBUTION PER REGION
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
(cid:122) Corporate
1%
3%
1%
5%
90%
Number of engagements in 2020: 508 (2019: 481)
KEY CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Sustainable returns on investment
• A strong balance sheet
• Execution of Gold Fields’ strategy
• Sound and ethical leadership
• Succession planning for executive management
PAYMENTS INCLUDE
interest and dividend payments.
US$253m
paid to the providers of debt
and equity capital
Reduced net debt by
US$595m
VALUE CREATED FOR CAPITAL PROVIDERS IN RESPONSE TO THEIR KEY
CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Developed and maintained a strong portfolio of mines
• Damang Reinvestment project and Gruyere provide solid returns
• Identified and appointed new CEO
• Continued to fund the development, maintenance and growth of our operations
• Improved share price and increased dividends
• Reduced net debt and maintained strong balance sheet
For more information, refer to p74 of the IAR and our Report to Stakeholders.
HOW WE SUPPORTED OUR CAPITAL PROVIDERS DURING COVID-19
• Limited the impact of the pandemic on our operational performance
39
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
Business partners (contractors and suppliers)
VALUE DISTRIBUTION PER REGION
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
(cid:122) Corporate
9%
40%
11%
34%
6%
PAYMENTS INCLUDE
operations and capital procurement.
US$1,786m
paid to suppliers and contractors
29%
of mine operational and capital spend (excluding
utilities) is with host community firms
KEY CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• In-country and host community procurement of goods and services
• Investment in enterprise and supplier development
• Sustainable materials and supply chain stewardship
• Sustainable and value-driven relationships
VALUE CREATED FOR BUSINESS PARTNERS IN RESPONSE TO THEIR KEY
CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• 96% of total procurement spend is from in-country businesses
• US$536m of total procurement spend by our mines – 29% of total – was spent
on suppliers and contractors from our host communities
• Included all business partners in our health and safety management systems
• Provided suppliers in Australia with a toolkit on the Modern Slavery Act 2018
For more information, refer to p84 of the IAR and our Report to Stakeholders.
HOW WE SUPPORTED OUR BUSINESS PARTNERS DURING COVID-19
• Provided contractor employees with access to our testing and quarantine facilities
• Imposed mandatory social distancing, sanitation and mask-wearing practices at
our sites and offices
• Included them in our communication campaigns around Covid-19 programmes
• Paid small, medium and micro-enterprise (SMMEs) providers and contractors
during South Deep’s closure and salaries to mineworkers during the national
lockdown (in South Africa)
• Committed to paying SMMEs within 30 days of delivery of goods and/or services
(in South Africa)
Governments
Number of engagements in 2020: 1,011 (2019: 899)
KEY CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Adherence to relevant legislation
• Compliance with safety, health and environmental regulations
• Protection of and respect for human rights
• Payment of taxes and other levies
• In-country employment and procurement
• Investments in SED projects in host communities
VALUE CREATED FOR GOVERNMENTS IN RESPONSE TO THEIR KEY
CONCERNS AND EXPECTATIONS
• Over 96% of procurement is sourced from companies within the countries
of operation
• Over 86% of employees are nationals of the countries of operation
• Paid royalties and taxes to host governments that, if utilised appropriately,
can enable them to develop critical infrastructure
• Invested in SED projects that also grow and sustain non-mining jobs
For more information, refer to p92 of the IAR and our Report to Stakeholders.
HOW WE SUPPORTED GOVERNMENTS DURING COVID-19
• Adhered to all government regulations and protocols
• Donated to government or industry response funds
• Donated medical equipment to government run hospitals and clinics
• Engaged directly with host governments to raise awareness within host
communities
• Assisted local government efforts such as street sanitation
VALUE DISTRIBUTION PER REGION
(cid:122) Americas
(cid:122) Australia
(cid:122) South Africa
(cid:122) West Africa
(cid:122) Corporate
15%
37%
1%
45%
2%
PAYMENTS INCLUDE
mining royalties and land-use payments, taxes, duties
and levies.
US$381m
paid in taxes and royalties
US$22m
paid to the Ghana government in dividends
relating to its 10% stake in each of Damang
and Tarkwa
40
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
MATERIAL MATTERS
Our materiality analysis identifies the
significant economic, environmental,
social and governance factors that
could substantively influence the
decisions our capital providers and
other stakeholders make about
Gold Fields’ ability to deliver on its
strategic objectives and create value
over the short, medium and long
term. This analysis contributes to the
development of the Group’s business
plans and strategies.
Gold Fields conducts an annual
materiality analysis, which is informed
by our strategic and risk management
processes, among others. Our 2020
materiality analysis expands our 2019
build-up of material topics or matters.
In the 2019 exercise we focused on
revising and updating our scope and
boundaries in line with our changing
business footprint, confirmed our
economic, environmental, social and
governance-focused material matters,
and prioritised and ranked those
MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT
HOW WE OPERATE
topics that are most important to
Gold Fields and our stakeholders.
During our 2020 analysis, we revisited
our 2019 material topics to confirm
their continued relevance to Gold
Fields. The impact of Covid-19 – to
both Gold Fields and our stakeholders
– was a new material topic introduced
to this year’s analysis, and has been
rated as the most material matter
during the year. We separated
stakeholder engagement and
relations from direct and indirect
socio-economic benefits in 2020,
mostly due to the significance of
this topic to our stakeholders. The
ranking of other material matters did
not change in 2020, and there were
no significant inclusions or exclusions
from the overall matters identified
previously.
We identified opportunities to diversify
our stakeholder engagements and
widen the number of interviewees
from different stakeholder groups.
We were not able to have as
many face-to-face stakeholder
interactions as originally planned,
but through electronic interviews
and engagements, as appropriate,
we could conduct and supplement
our engagements while navigating
Covid-19-related restrictions. This
enabled us to receive input from
material stakeholders across the
Group, including employees, host
communities, governments, industry
associations, media, third parties and
traditional authorities.
In line with our revised 2019
presentation of the material matters,
we categorised our material matters
as economic, environmental, social
and governance. The 2020 materiality
analysis is concluded with an internal
validation process to confirm strategic
alignment with our business.
The map below graphically represents
the outcomes of the 2020 materiality
assessment:
Stakeholder engagement and relations
Covid-19
Health and safety
MATERIAL TOPICS
Environment
Social
Economic and
Governance
Human capital
Direct and indirect socio-economic benefits
Labour practices
Human rights
Board governance
Environmental stewardship
Procurement practices
Environmental compliance
Corporate governance
Climate risk
Tailings management
Water stewardship
Biodiversity
Energy and carbon management
Culture and heritage
Materials stewardship and supply chain
Social and geopolitical risk
Indigenous peoples
LESS
MATERIAL TO GOLD FIELDS
MORE
41
E
R
O
M
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S
O
T
I
L
A
R
E
T
A
M
S
S
E
L
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
Assessing the risks to Gold Fields' sustainability is a collective effort by management at Group, regional and operational levels. This, along with identifying the
appropriate mitigating actions, is a critical internal management tool to reduce the potential impacts of identified risks.
Risk mitigations are included in the annual Group performance scorecard and cascaded down to the performance scorecards of management employees at
regional and operational levels. The formal risk review process starts during management’s annual strategic planning sessions, where strategic and emerging
risks, as well as macro-trends, are analysed as part of developing the Company’s risk register and mitigating actions. These are reviewed and updated quarterly
and presented to the Board’s Risk Committee twice a year for verification. As a global company, we continue to be shaped by the external dynamics in the
regions where we operate. We discuss the impact of longer-term, emerging global trends in general and in Gold Fields on p45.
Top 20 Group risks in 2020
Severity
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
(2019:
new risk)
2
(2019: 1)
3
(2019: 2)
5
14
18
19
4
7
13
17
11
16
2
3
8
9
10
12
15
1
6
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 0
RISK
Probability
MITIGATING ACTION
COVID-19
The impact of Covid-19 on our employees, communities and
business plan
GOLD/FOREX EXCHANGE
Gold price and currency exchange rate volatility
Potential impact of Covid-19
The gold price traded above US$1,800/oz since the start
of the pandemic. Investors turned to gold as a safe haven
following the outbreak of Covid-19 and the resultant
global economic uncertainty. With the pandemic abating
and greater political certainty following the US elections,
investors have started to sell gold and gold stocks.
Our mines adhere strictly to the recommendations of the World Health Organization (WHO)
as well as country-specific regulations, government decrees and protocols. Furthermore, we
circulate hygiene awareness campaigns, implement social distancing programmes, and screen,
test and monitor our employees across the Group. More recently, we started collaborating with
governments to secure vaccines for our workforce while also providing infrastructure and know-
how for the roll-out of their vaccination plans. We are also looking at ways of entrenching “new
normal’’ such as remote working and restricted travel in our ways of working.
We design our business plans based on a conservative gold price and set free cash-flow
targets for our operations. These plans are then monitored through monthly and quarterly
cost, capital and production reviews, where we discuss and implement remedial action,
if required. We do not hedge metal or foreign exchange prices, unless we seek to protect
cash-flows at times of significant capex or to address specific debt servicing requirements.
SOUTH DEEP
Loss of investor confidence due to non-achievement of the
mine’s business plan
South Deep achieved its Covid-19 risk-adjusted business plan of 7,000kg (225koz) at AIC
of R610,000/kg (US$1,394/oz). The South Deep team will continue to use their established
management system to drive disciplined execution of the mine’s business plan, while
implementing business improvement initiatives across the value chain to position the mine
for sustainable production.
For a more detailed assessment on how we determine our risks and materiality, see www.goldfields.com/risk-materiality.php
42
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
4
(2019: 3)
RESOURCE NATIONALISM
Resource nationalism, regulatory uncertainty and government
imposts
Potential impact of Covid-19
The economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic will likely
be felt for the near future, and we expect that governments
will eventually seek additional tax income from corporations.
The gold industry could be a specific target, as governments
perceived it to have benefitted from a higher gold price.
Gold Fields, on its own and in conjunction with its peers, seeks to address the trust gap
that often exists between government and miners. Our government action plants rely on
strengthened engagement with governments at all levels, continued roll-out of Shared Value
projects that benefit host communities and improved communication on the socio-economic
benefits of mining for host countries and host communities. Legal actions are only considered
as a last resort and then mostly with our peers in a country of operation. The Board is
appraised of social and political risks annually through external reports.
5
(2019: 4)
MINERAL RESOURCES AND MINERAL
RESERVES
Replacing Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves in Australia,
Ghana, Peru and Chile
We continue to evaluate value-accretive opportunities to expand our business, including
acquisitions, disposals, JVs, new mine builds and other strategic projects. The construction
of our latest project, Salares Norte, is progressing against plan, and we have provided
for additional exploration budget. Our regions all have comprehensive near-mine/on-
site exploration programmes in place, and we monitor our performance against these
programmes during our quarterly business reviews. Over the past 10 years, our Australian
mines have consistently replaced depleted Mineral Reserves and more.
MINING COSTS
Rising mining costs, including those relating to ESG
6
(2019: 5)
Potential impact of Covid-19
Mining companies were already exposed to higher inflation
prior to the pandemic, and Covid-19 may lead to additional
costs.
We have business, productivity and cost improvement processes and programmes in place
at all our operations, which are supported by the implementation of our innovation and
technology strategy to reduce costs and enhance revenue generation. We have monthly
and quarterly business cost and capital reviews in place to ensure spending remains in
line with plans. Each mine provides cost guidance to the market at the beginning of the
financial year.
SAFETY
Safety and health of our employees, including occupational
illnesses
ENERGY
Security of power supply and cost of energy
7
(2019: 6)
8
(2019: 8)
The safety, health and wellbeing of our employees is paramount. With safety as our
number one priority, we continuously review and upgrade our safety systems, cultures and
programmes. In 2019, we implemented our Courageous Safety Leadership programme
throughout the Group, which is complemented by critical controls, behaviour-based safety
and Visible Felt Leadership programmes in all our regions. All operations are certified to the
leading ISO 45001 health and safety standard.
Over the past five years, we have gradually replaced diesel with low-carbon gas as the main
form of electricity at our Ghanaian and Australian mines. More recently, we have shifted to
renewable energy, which not only secures stable and cost-effective supply but also reduces
our carbon emissions. In Australia, we commissioned renewable microgrids, supported
by battery systems, at Granny Smith and Agnew and advanced plans to install a similar
microgrid at Gruyere. Most recently, South Deep received regulatory approval for its 40MW
solar plant and, at Salares Norte, Aggreko signed a 10-year contract to provide a 26MW
hybrid solar and thermal power solution once the mine is operational.
CLIMATE CHANGE
Failure to implement climate change adaptation measures
9
(2019: 9)
Potential impact of Covid-19
The focus on climate change issues was only temporarily
abated because of the pandemic. While governments have
prioritised Covid-19 recovery funding, investments in climate
change programmes were generally not affected.
Given the growing concern and uncertainty around extreme weather events, we are reviewing
our climate change vulnerability risk assessments and, where necessary, adapting our
approach in response to the changing environment. We continue to enhance the resilience
of our operations – by, for example, rolling out renewable energy initiatives – while also
improving our disclosure and implementing measures to adapt to climate-related changes
at an operational level. We periodically assess and, where possible, mitigate the impact of
climate change on our operations and our host communities.
CYBERCRIME
Cybercrime/loss of information and communication technologies
(ICT) data
Potential impact of Covid-19
Cybercrime increased significantly during the pandemic, with
cybercriminals taking advantage of employees working from
home with limited ICT protection in place.
10
(2019: 10)
We continue to protect operational technology to decrease disruptions and ensure
business continuity. Due to the dramatic increase in cybercrime globally, we implemented a
software platform across the Group to safeguard infrastructure critical to our sustainability.
Furthermore, we embedded additional software precautions at the onset of Covid-19 to
protect our business against attacks as our people transitioned to home offices. All our mines
and offices achieved ISO 27001 cybersecurity certification in 2020.
SOCIAL LICENCE
Impact on social licence and relationships with host community
11
(2019: 12)
Potential impact of Covid-19
The pandemic escalated economic hardships in our host
communities, who now have heightened expectations that
our mines will provide financial and other assistance to
alleviate their burden.
We continue to strengthen the relationships with our host communities through enhanced
stakeholder engagement and community relations programmes. Furthermore, we continue to
invest in Shared Value projects that benefit our operations and host communities in Ghana,
Peru, Chile and South Africa. This focuses on host community employment, procurement and
SED investments. In Australia, we developed an Indigenous Peoples framework and strategy
for approval and implementation, as well as a Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) to guide
relations with and create opportunities for Indigenous Peoples at our mines.
43
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES CONTINUED
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
SKILLS
Attraction and retention of skills
Potential impact of Covid-19
For now, the negative global financial and business impacts
of Covid-19 resulted in a decrease in our turnover rate in
most of the regions where we operate. The longer-term
impacts of the pandemic, such as remote working and
reduced travel, will fundamentally change the way we work.
Gold Fields’ business depends on fit-for-purpose human resource (HR) structures to meet
operational requirements. We focus on developing a high-performance culture through our
performance management system and by having the appropriate succession plans and
talent reviews in place. Above all, we seek to provide competitive and incentive-focused
remuneration packages that attract and retain sought after skills. We have also developed
and implemented a diversity and inclusion dashboard, to track our progress in building a
more diverse workforce.
WATER
Water pollution, security and reduction in freshwater
consumption
All our operations are certified to the ISO 14001 environmental standard, which require
sound water management and disclosure. Furthermore, we developed and integrated three-
year regional water management plans with our 2021 business plans at all our operations.
Finally, water recycling, reuse and conservation practices are in place in all regions, with
targets achieved for 2020.
GEOTECHNICAL
Increased geotechnical risk underground and in open pits
associated with mining at depth, ageing pits and evolving mining
operations
Work conducted by the Geotechnical Review Boards, consisting of independent and in-house
industry experts, continued at South Deep for all major projects, the Australian underground
operations, when necessary, and for all pit cutbacks at our other operations in Australia,
Ghana and Peru.
GHANA CONTRACTORS
Challenges with local mining contractors in Ghana
CHILE
Delays and cost overrun relating to the Salares Norte project
POLITICAL RISKS
Political uncertainty in the areas where we operate
We are working closely with the two Ghanaian mining contractors at our Tarkwa and Damang
operations to ensure that they meet their contractual obligations to the mines while at the
same time remaining financially sound. This has required renegotiations of their contracts
and bringing in OEMs to provide technical assistance for fleet maintenance, as well as
financial support to provide debt relief and to procure additional fleet.
With construction starting at Salares Norte during 2020, our team implemented robust
project control systems. Performance against our project plan is monitored weekly and
monthly and is tracking against plan. We continue to adhere to government-related Covid-19
restrictions, rules and laws, and have increased camp capacity to accommodate the
required workforce. The team also maintains a close working relationships with authorities,
environmentalists and local communities on the Chinchilla relocation project.
Our strategy of geographic de-risking towards mining-friendly jurisdictions ensures that
we operate in countries in which political risks are limited in the first place. Continuous
engagement with our host communities and governments, either directly or through industry
associations, is a primary tool in seeking to address emerging political risks. We conduct
political risk assessments on a regular basis in all the countries in which we operate.
INFRASTRUCTURE
Ageing infrastructure
Potential impact of Covid-19
The pandemic illustrated that automation and digitisation
are going to be major themes in mining – not just as a way
to lower costs and improve productivity, but also to support
remote workforces and reduce on-site presence.
Planned on-site maintenance and condition monitoring, which is conducted by third-party
specialists, is key to ensuring the integrity of our fixed assets. Critical and long lead-time
spares are kept on-site, and maintenance of critical spares is ongoing. To complement this,
we instituted a process of independent risk management, fire prevention and infrastructure
audits, which are conducted annually by insurance risk engineers and third parties. However,
some of the inspections could not be carried out due to Covid-19 restrictions. We have
sought in-country expertise to carry out independent assessments, where necessary.
INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY
Failure to modernise operations
EZULWINI AND COOKE 3, 2 AND 1
Ezulwini and Cooke 3, 2 and 1 rewatering impact on South Deep
We continue to implement our innovation and technology strategy in pursuit of a Gold Fields
Mine of the Future. As part of this, we have real-time software and telecommunications in
place to track movement of equipment, people and production. We also work closely with
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and suppliers to ensure that we are fast followers
of new, beneficial mine technologies. A shift to renewable energies as well as the roll-out of
electrical machinery and equipment also helps to modernise operations, while at the same
time improving costs and safety.
The reinforced concrete water plugs between South Deep and Ezulwini are subject to robust
inspections, regularly planned maintenance and a condition-monitoring programme to ensure
their integrity. There is a legal process for Ezulwini’s closure in place, in which we participate
as an interested party backed by a robust legal strategy. South Deep is also seeking to work
with Ezulwini to find alternative solutions to use the mine water.
12
(2019: 7)
13
(2019: 13)
14
(2019: 14)
15
(2019: 15)
16
(2019: not
ranked)
17
(2019: not
ranked)
18
(2019: 17)
19
(2019: 19)
20
(2019: 18)
44
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
EMERGING GLOBAL TRENDS
As a global company, we continue to be shaped by the external dynamics in the regions where we operate. We closely
observe these longer-term strategic and emerging risks, prioritising them as needed and adjusting our mitigating actions
accordingly to protect the sustainability of our business. While many of our top 20 Group risks will remain relevant in the
long term, we specifically monitor any developing any emerging trends that will inform adjustments to our strategy. This
year we assessed, analysed and recommended ways to remediate the following five emerging (longer-term) trends that
have been identified by the ICMM in partnership with Brodie Consulting:
EMERGING
GLOBAL TREND
CONTEXT
Tech-led mining will continue to disrupt business as we know it
today, and while the expectation is that these disruptive technologies
could make our lives easier, it also leads to new and emerging risks
to our business.
1
Ubiquity of
technology
2
Extreme climate
change impacts
The concern for global environmental degradation continues to
increase significantly. Our impact on the planet are becoming more
evident – heat records across the world are broken regularly, the
effects of which are detrimental to native fauna and flora. The
pressure to accelerate to a low-carbon economy is becoming
increasingly important. Globally, 26 banks are no longer providing
direct financing for new coal plant projects. Similarly, mining
companies are recognising the importance of reducing their carbon
emissions to slow down climate change.
3
New barometer
of ethics
The Covid-19 pandemic, which led to high levels of joblessness, has
substantially accelerated the erosion of trust around the world and
raised increased attention on how companies treat their employees.
Furthermore, stakeholders increasingly link being a good employer
to being a good business overall, with a company’s treatment of its
employees as a barometer of trust.
4
Capitalism reforms
There is an increased urgency for businesses to be more responsible
than ever before. This requires a renewed focus on purpose and
a move away from maximising shareholder value to solving the
problems of people and planet profitably. Corporate action is required
to transform our current landscape into one that is more inclusive
and cohesive by focusing on fairer market outcomes, investments
that advance shared goals, and harnessing the innovations of the
Fourth Industrial Revolution.
5
Radical
transparency
The importance of risks relating to the regulatory landscape,
including compliance, are expected to significantly increase over the
next few years. Trust in all information sources is at a record low,
and pressure from stakeholders is driving an enhanced focus on
transparency and ethical supply chains. It is essential that companies
embrace digital technologies to keep up with increasingly stringent
regulations, as well as customers’ expectations for transparency and
disclosure.
STRATEGIC RESPONSES TO STRENGTHEN OUR FUTURE
MARKET POSITION
• Investing in data innovation to enable real-time decision
control and decision making
• Integrating data across our value chain using real-time data
platforms
• Retraining and reskilling our workforce across the Group –
including those employees from our host communities
• Implementing Gold Fields’ innovation and technology (I&T)
strategy to improve safety, productivity and lower cost
• Leveraging the opportunity to transition to a virtual working
environment to attract employees in the technology field
without the need for relocation
• Setting time-bound (2030) targets with an accompanying
roadmap for biodiversity
• Aligning conservation efforts with climate resilience
• Quantifying the financial value of natural resources, as well
as our impact on them
• Collaborating with key stakeholders to improve the general
social perception of mining, and effectively applying the
principles of a green and circular economy
• Integrating our social licence to operate and social
performance into business decision-making, ensuring it
becomes as important as protecting the health and safety
of our employees
• Continue linking remuneration to environmental, social and
governance (ESG) performance metrics to incentivise change
• More continuous stakeholder interactions, including non-
governmental organisations (NGOs)
• Open and transparent communication with our key
stakeholders and the general public to further strengthen our
reputation
• Enhancing the compelling narrative on the importance of ESG
to attract the next purpose-driven generation
• Developing data platforms that provide real-time data
accessible to outside stakeholders
• Reinforcing confidence in Gold Fields as a mining company by
complying with all regulatory requirements
• Subscribing to transparency-focused initiatives, including
EITI, Publish What you Pay (for taxation) and Transparency
International
• Complying with best practice disclosure practices, including
the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM)
45
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
TOP FIVE RISKS PER REGION IN 2020
AMERICAS
Severity
AUSTRALIA
Severity
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
5
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
4
5
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Probability
Probability
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
COVID-19
The impact of
Covid-19 on our
employees and
host communities
1
LIFE-OF-MINE
Life-of-mine
extension at Cerro
Corona
2
SALARES
NORTE
Delays to the
project due to
Covid-19 and
relocation of the
protected Short-
tailed Chinchilla
3
GOLD/
COPPER
Gold and copper
prices and
exchange rate
volatility
4
Management in Peru has implemented
comprehensive Covid-19 mitigation and
education programmes with strict adherence to
government protocols. Robust control measures
were implemented, including hygiene awareness
campaigns, working from home, social distancing
programmes, screening, testing and monitoring of
employees. Community and government support
programmes were developed.
The accelerated mining and stockpiling to
facilitate early in-pit tailings is on plan and is being
complimented by low-grade stocks to reduce
the risk of ore availability. Further work is being
carried out on the feasibility study for the 2030
life-of-mine extension with ongoing support from
the Corporate Technical Services team.
The team at Salares Norte have implemented
robust project control systems, with weekly and
monthly monitoring of performance against
project schedule, to date the project is performing
well. There is strict adherence to government-
related Covid-19 restrictions, rules and laws with
increased camp capacity to accommodate social
distancing protocols. The team also maintains
close working relationships with authorities,
environmentalists and local communities on the
Chinchilla relocation project.
There is a robust and mature monthly and
quarterly business performance monitoring
processes in place and adjustments are made
where required to ensure that the mine remains
profitable amid varying market conditions. All our
mines have business improvement structures and
processes in place. For 2021, we have put copper
hedges in place to provide guaranteed cash-flow.
SOCIAL
LICENCE
Local social
pressures, conflicts
and increased
community
expectations due to
national elections
5
The South American teams are extremely
proactive in building community and stakeholder
relationships through meaningful engagement.
There is a stringent follow-up and feedback
process in place to ensure integrity on all
community commitments. Government authorities,
both at national and regional level, are involved in
community projects where feasible.
46
LIFE-OF-MINE
Mineral Reserve
life at our
Australian mines
1
SKILLS
Turnover of key
personnel and the
impact thereof
on operational
performance
2
NATIVE TITLE
Native Title
compensation
3
COVID-19
The impact of
Covid-19 on our
employees
4
SAFETY
Ongoing safety
performance
5
There is a significant near-mine exploration
programme in place at all our mines with the
necessary staff and budget to delineate further
Mineral Reserves. For 2020 and 2021, this
includes accelerated exploration interventions at
Agnew and St Ives. The region has also acquired
JV ground near St Ives, which is under focused
exploration assessment. The exploration process
is being optimised through I&T.
Employee development programmes have
been reviewed and improved, more regular pay
benchmarking undertaken and retention strategies
for core skills strengthened. Flexible working
arrangements have been introduced to facilitate
greater work-life balance and talent discussions
are held quarterly at leadership level, with
adjustments to critical roles. We have also raised
the number of graduates taken in for scarce skills.
We continue to work closely with the Yilka and
Sullivan Edwards people, the determined Native
Title holders of the land on which Gruyere
operates. At all other mines, where native title
is being determined, we continue to engage the
claimants. We also look for ways to sustain and
grow employment and business opportunities,
as well as support health, education and other
programmes for the local Aboriginal communities.
In the Australia region, crisis management
protocols were initiated successfully resulting
in zero Covid-19 cases in the entire region.
Infectious disease managers have been appointed
at sites to further enhance the control systems.
Social distancing, health screening and hygiene
requirements are being maintained. The region
will be following the vaccine roll-out planned in
Australia from Q1 2021.
Weekly review are conducted on all serious
potential incidents by regional leadership teams
with learnings communicated throughout the
region. The Vital Behaviours programme has been
revised and CSL sessions held at all sites and the
Perth office, with 95% of workforce trained.
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
HOW WE OPERATE
SOUTH AFRICA
Severity
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2
3
4
1
5
WEST AFRICA
Severity
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Probability
Probability
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
RISK
MITIGATING ACTION
COVID-19
The impact of
Covid-19 on our
employees and
host communities
1
South Deep has implemented a leading practice
Covid-19 programme with strict adherence
to WHO recommendations, country-specific
regulations, guidelines from the Minerals Council
South Africa, government decrees and protocols.
South Deep is in a position to help government
with facilities, infrastructure and experience as we
prepare for the vaccines roll-out.
OPERATIONAL
DELIVERY
Loss of investor
confidence due to
non-achievement
of the mine’s
business plan
2
South Deep achieved its Covid-19 risk-adjusted
business plan of 7,000kg (225koz) at AIC of
R610,000/kg (US$1,394/oz). The South Deep
team will continue to drive disciplined execution
of the mine’s business plan, while implementing
business improvement initiatives across the
value chain.
SKILLS
Unavailability of
skills to drive the
execution of South
Deep’s business
plan
3
South Deep is proactively managing the skills
gaps in core and critical skills with career path
development programme, compiling a personal
development strategy plan for each department,
highlighting digital skills requirements and
identifying, developing and recruiting successors
for critical roles. Training programmes are in place
for identified skills.
MINING
COSTS
The impact of
rising costs on
operations and
margins
4
Cost performance is monitored and managed
through our monthly and quarterly business
review process where non-performance is
timeously identified, discussed and remediated
through mutually agreed actions. The mine is
also busy with cost reviews with suppliers and
focus on increasing production and cutting
unnecessary cost.
EZULWINI
AND COOKE
3, 2 AND 1
Impacts of Ezulwini
and Cooke 3, 2
and 1 closure on
South Deep
5
Judgement was handed down in Gold Fields’
favour regarding the closure of Ezulwini in
January. This means Sibanye-Stillwater will have
to continue pumping. Following this, Sibanye
have applied for the closure of Cooke 3, 2 and
1 to which we have objected. In the meantime,
to safeguard our employees, the reinforced
concrete water plugs between South Deep and
Ezulwini are subject to a robust inspection,
planned maintenance and condition monitoring
programme.
COVID-19
The impact of
Covid-19 on our
employees and
host communities
1
RESOURCE
NATIONALISM
Fiscal and
government policy
changes
2
MINING
CONTRACTOR
Challenges with
local mining
contractor in
Ghana
3
DAMANG
Execution of
the Damang
Reinvestment
project
4
The Ghana region has implemented detailed
awareness campaigns, as well as social
distancing, work-from-home protocols, adherence
to government restrictions on movement, including
local and international travel. Negotiations have
taken place with OEMs to increase in-country
capacity to ensure the availability of parts.
We have also contributed to national Covid-19
initiatives.
Our primary focus has been to adherence to the
principles and conditions in the Development
Agreement (DA) with the Ghana government
with ongoing legal input and strategies when
needed. There is frequent engagement with
relevant government departments on a number
of issues, including awareness of the contributing
mining makes to the country. There is also an
engagement process through the Chamber of
Mines.
We are working closely with the two Ghanaian
mining contractors at Tarkwa and Damang
to ensure that they meet their contractual
obligations to the mines while at the same time
remaining financially sound. This has required
renegotiations of their contracts and bringing
in original equipment manufacturers to provide
technical assistance for fleet maintenance, as well
as financial support to provide debt relief and to
procure additional fleet.
All capital on the Damang re-investment plan
has been recouped. The Damang team ensures
ongoing monitoring of grade, volume and cost
milestones, as well as strategic management
of contractors. The pit-wall has been de-risked
through continuous implementation of
geotechnical recommendations.
LIFE-OF-MINE
Mineral Reserve
depletion at Tarkwa
and Damang, along
with inadequate
organic growth of
the Asanko JV
5
A step-out exploration programme is in place
to test for potential life extension at Tarkwa and
Damang. The Asanko JV life-of-mine plan is being
finalised, which includes recommendations on
the future strategy of Gold Fields’ investment in
the Asanko JV.
47
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
Gas plant at Tarkwa, Ghana
48
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OUR PERFORMANCE
OUR
PERFORMANCE
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
SAFETY AND WELLBEING OF
OUR PEOPLE P50 – 55
DEVELOPING A FIT-FOR-
PURPOSE WORKFORCE P56 – 59
CREATING A GLOBAL,
SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO
P60 – 67
PROFITABLE PRODUCTION AND
SUSTAINABLE CASH-FLOW
P68 – 73
CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND
SOUND BALANCE SHEET
MANAGEMENT P74 – 80
VALUE CREATION FOR
STAKEHOLDERS P81 – 95
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
P96 – 104
49
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
SAFETY AND WELLBEING OF OUR PEOPLE
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Eliminate fatalities and serious injuries and remove people from risk
• Improve the health and wellbeing of our workforce
2025 ESG CHARTER TARGETS
Strategic priority
Strategic intents
Partnering to ensure the
safety, health and wellbeing
of our workforce and
alleviating such impacts on
our communities
(cid:96) Zero fatalities and serious injuries at our
operations
(cid:96) Eliminate vehicular incidents by implementing
advanced collision avoidance technologies
(cid:96) Significantly reduce underground exposure to
Diesel Particulate Matter (DPM)
(cid:96) Minimise health and environmental impacts on
our host communities
Change room at our South Deep mine
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
1
7
Risk
Covid-19
The impact of Covid-19 on our
employees, communities and business
plan
Safety
Safety and health of our employees,
including occupational illnesses
RELATED SDG
Good health
and wellbeing
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of
the significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• Funded Covid-19-related programmes and projects, which led to additional spend of about US$30m AIC
• Invested substantially in environmental stewardship to mitigate any adverse environmental impacts on our
employees and communities
• Will invest significantly in implementing a gap analysis and aligning the Group with the Global Industry
Standard on Tailings Management (GISTM) to prevent potential future catastrophic failings by one of our tailings dams
50
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
Our number one value – safety –
drives our goal of achieving zero
harm, as well as our target of
eliminating all fatalities and serious
injuries at our operations. Safety
is critical to enabling performance
across the Group, and is therefore
a significant component of the
annual performance bonuses of our
executives, managers and broader
workforce.
Tragically, we recorded a fatal
incident at our South Deep mine in
South Africa. On 3 June 2020, Abel
Magajane, a shaft timberman, fell
down a shaft ore-pass chute while
doing repair work and subsequently
succumbed to his injuries. Following
the incident, South Deep further
strengthened its safety systems,
leadership and processes. Our
sincere condolences go out to Abel’s
family, friends and colleagues.
The number of serious injuries
recorded during 2020 increased
to six (2019: four). Since 2019, we
have applied Gold Fields’ definition in
classifying serious injuries at Group
level. Prior to that, at South Deep,
we applied a regulated definition of
serious injuries, which we continue to
use in our reports to the authorities.
However, by applying Gold Fields’
definition of what constitutes a
serious injury, we are able to focus
on those injuries our operations can
address with a greater sense of
urgency.
While LTIs and the LTIFR declined
year-on-year, serious injuries, total
recordable injuries and the TRIFR,
severity of incidents and their duration
increased in 2020 when compared
with 2019. Relying only on these
reactive indicators to provide an
overview of our safety performance
may drive undesirable behaviours
and affect the transparency of our
reporting. As such, we moved
away from using injury frequency
rates as the sole indicators of our
performance. Instead, we use a mix
of leading and lagging indicators.
We have structured the leading
indicators around incentivising desired
leadership behaviours, while the
lagging indicators provide insight
into the outcomes of our safety
initiatives. The leading and lagging
indicators are captured in each
regions’ environment, health and
safety scorecards, which, in turn, are
included in our incentive programmes
for senior employees.
Leading indicators use proactive
measures to pre-empt future
incidents, such as near-miss
incident reporting, timely close out
of corrective actions on serious
potential incidents (SPIs), and the
Safety Engagement Rate (SER)5.
Encouragingly, all leading indicators
improved against or maintained their
respective annual targets.
SER5
2020
2019
2018
2017
4.98
4.11
2.91
1.75
There has been a strong drive to
encourage managers and employees
to engage on safety matters, which,
as seen in the continued increase
in the SER, are having a positive
impact despite social distancing and
other Covid-19-related measures.
We are confident that, over time,
this behaviour will lead to further
improvement in our safety culture and
positively impact our performance.
GROUP SAFETY PERFORMANCE (EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS)
Fatalities, injuries
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
3.40
2.27
2.42
2.19
2.40
1.83
4
5
1
8
6
1
7
1
9
3
3
6
2
2
5
1
7
1
4
3
1
8
4 3
1
2
6 3
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
TRIFR
4
3
2
1
0
(cid:132) Fatalities1 (cid:132) Serious injuries2 (cid:132) Lost time injuries (LTIs)3
(cid:160) Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR)4 per million hours worked
1 We also recorded non-occupational fatalities at our mines during 2017 and 2018. In 2017, a member of the protection services team at South Deep was shot
and killed during a robbery at the mine while, in 2018, a member of Tarkwa’s Community Security Task Force drowned in a settling pond on the mine
2 Since 2019, we have applied Gold Fields’ definition in classifying serious injuries. In terms of this definition, a serious injury is one that incurs 14 days or more
of work lost and results in one of a range of injuries detailed at www.goldfields.com/safety.php
3 LTI is a work-related injury resulting in the employee or contractor being unable to attend work for one or more days after the day of the injury. The employee
or contractor is unable to perform any of his/her duties. LTIFR is per million hours worked
4 TRIFR = (fatalities + LTIs + restricted work injuries + medically treated injuries) x 1,000,000/number of hours worked
5 SER = safety engagements x 1,000/number of hours worked. Safety engagements are conversations between managers and the workforce to improve safety.
Reporting of the SER commenced in 2017
51
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
SAFETY AND WELLBEING OF OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
OUR APPROACH TO SAFETY
Group safety and health strategy
Our target of zero fatalities and
serious incidents is supported by a
Group safety and health strategy. The
strategy – developed by the Group
Safety Leadership forum, chaired by
Stuart Mathews, Executive Vice-
President: Australia, and approved
by the Board Safety, Health and
Sustainable Development Committee
– rests on the following six core beliefs:
• Our leadership is responsible and
accountable for the Group’s health
and safety performance
• Living the Gold Fields values is
fundamental to our health and safety
performance
• All employees should return home
safe and healthy every day
• Prevention is better than cure and,
therefore, risk management is a key
component of all systems
• All injuries and incidents are
preventable and rely on good
leadership, practical systems and
positive employee behaviours
• Safety management should be
seamlessly integrated into all
activities
Furthermore, the strategy has three
key objectives:
• Develop a culture of safety
leadership within the organisation
and firmly embed safety
management as a line management
responsibility
• Provide appropriate mechanisms
to engage employees on safety
and equip them with the necessary
skills to consistently achieve safe
outcomes
• Ensure the deployment of fit-for-
purpose management systems that
are aligned with a critical control
management approach and are
certified to ISO 45001
We continued to roll-out our
Courageous Safety Leadership
(CSL) programme in 2020, although
Covid-19-related restrictions limited
activities. The CSL programme
equips our employees with practical
tools to become safety leaders while
also fostering an environment in
which individuals feel empowered to
speak out about unsafe behaviours.
Improvements to our leading indicators
are a positive sign of potential
improvement. Training of employees
and contractors in the Vital Behaviours
programme, which entrenches the
52
right safety behaviours and choices, is
planned for 2021 and beyond.
CSL training sessions were halted
across all operations for much of
Q2 2020. However, once Covid-19
restrictions eased in Q3 2020,
sessions gradually started up again
in Australia and West Africa. In South
America, we transitioned to online
CSL training sessions. Strict physical
distancing measures in South Africa
continued to affect the number of
employees that could attend CSL
training sessions. By year-end, 50%
of our workforce had completed CSL
training.
Improving safety management systems
and controls
All our operations are now certified
to ISO 45001, the leading health and
safety management standard. South
Deep was certified in February 2021,
having previously operated under the
OHSAS 18001 standard.
In 2017, we started to implement the
ICMM’s critical control management
approach, a process that is ongoing
to date. After identifying and
prioritising generic material unwanted
events (MUEs), as well as the
associated preventative controls and
mitigating actions, regions identify
the essential critical controls. External
verification of the critical controls
relating to the highest priority MUEs
were completed in 2019, with the
critical controls for lower priority
MUEs being externally verified during
2020 and into 2021.
Innovation and technology to ensure
greater employee safety
A key driver behind the further
mechanisation of our operations is to
improve the safety of employees. We
have established dedicated innovation
and technology leadership teams in
all regions to drive initiatives that will
improve safety, cost and productivity.
Gold Fields participates in the ICMM’s
Innovation for Cleaner, Safer Vehicles
(ICSV) programme, which was
chaired until January 2021 by our
CEO Nick Holland, to:
• Reduce or eliminate any injury
through vehicle interactions
• Ensure a healthier underground
working environment free of diesel
emissions
• Reduce greenhouse gasses (GHGs)
through electrification
The programme integrates with
several of Gold Fields’ existing
programmes that support this vision,
including our:
• Modernisation programme
• Group energy and carbon
management strategy, with regional
subcommittees and plans, aimed
at reducing energy costs and GHG
emissions
• Group occupational health
and safety strategy, which is
underpinned by regional plans
aimed at improving safety and
health at our operations
• Regional I&T roadmaps and
programmes.
Looking ahead, the following key
initiatives are planned for 2021:
• Deploying collision avoidance
at South Deep: Deploying
Level 9 collision avoidance
systems in vehicles is equivalent
to having adaptive cruise control
on underground equipment,
and should enable pre-emptive
accident avoidance between two
vehicles and between machines
and workers. It is also a legislative
requirement in South Africa
• Improving wireless
telecommunications:
We are adopting wireless
broadband telecommunication
across our Australian surface
operations, which enable real-
time communication and data
transmission. Salares Norte similarly
selected this telecommunication
system as their preferred network.
Tarkwa and Damang in Ghana are
currently designing their wireless
backbone.
• Operating equipment remotely:
South Deep established surface
remote rock breaking as a
business-as-usual practice. Tele-
remote loading is also evolving into
a standard operating practice. This
is positive step in removing people
from active mining areas and will be
gradually rolled out at all operations
• Establishing remote operating
centres: We are establishing
integrated operating centres
at South Deep, Granny Smith,
Cerro Corona and Salares Norte.
Importantly, these centres, which
are located in the office blocks
at our sites, will enable real-time
monitoring and control of the
working environment and thus
speedier decision-making
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
HEALTH AND WELLNESS
Covid-19 dominated the Group’s
occupational health and wellness
efforts in 2020. The pandemic
challenged our people and our
business in many ways, and is set to
continue to do so throughout 2021.
Gold Fields’ workforce may be
exposed to a range of occupational
health and wellness risks associated
with, among others, Silicosis,
Tuberculosis (TB), Noise-Induced
Hearing Loss (NIHL) and Diesel
Particulate Matter (DPM). The extent
to which our employees are exposed
to these risks differ from mine to mine
because of the diverse nature of
our operations, which includes both
underground and open-pit mines.
We comply with all occupational
health regulations and, in countries
where regulations have not yet been
promulgated, follow industry best-
practice standards. We are further
guided by our goal of zero harm, and
consider the protection of employee
health and wellness a fundamental
human right.
Health programmes remain a key
focus area at South Deep also
because of the prevalence of many
chronic diseases due to the relatively
poor socio-economic conditions in
South Africa. We are seeking greater
collaboration on health within Gold
Fields and, to this end, developed a
strategic framework for occupational
health during 2020, which is
supported by Group guidelines
that are being rolled out across our
operations.
COVID-19
The second wave of Covid-19
infections, which started in late 2020,
has taken a terrible toll at Gold Fields.
As at 29 March 2021, 3,127 of our
employees or contractors tested
positive for Covid-19, while 10 had
passed away after being infected with
the virus. In addition, Galiano Gold,
our Asanko JV partner, reported one
death due to Covid-19.
The large number of positive
Covid-19 cases reflects the high
prevalence rate of the pandemic
in the communities neighbouring
our operations in Peru, Ghana and
South Africa. There have been no
cases to date at our Australian mines.
Since March 2020, a Group Exco-
level Covid-19 crisis management
team has met regularly to coordinate
actions and strategies to mitigate
the impact of the pandemic on
operations. Throughout the year, we
focused on supporting our employees
and contractors, with particular
attention to their health and wellness.
The Board’s Risk Committee has
also held regular meetings to provide
governance oversight, while regional
and site-level committees have
performed similar roles.
The Group spent approximately
US$30m on Covid-19-related
initiatives and interventions, such as
specialised camp accommodation,
testing equipment and facilities,
additional labour costs and transport
facilities. Where our mines had to
close down or curtail activities due
to government-imposed regulations,
we continued to pay, at a minimum,
all employees’ monthly base pay.
Furthermore, no employee was laid
off except for non-attendance of
their duties. In South Africa, we also
continued to pay our contractors and
small and medium-sized enterprises
(SME) suppliers during the national
lockdown. In addition, our operations
and employees have actively
supported host communities and
governments’ efforts to control the
pandemic and assist people in need.
These donations totalled over US$3m
across the Group.
COVID-19 TESTING AND RESULTS AT GOLD FIELDS
Our management teams were able
to maintain sustainable and profitable
production while safeguarding the
health and safety of our employees.
Key activities to ensure safe
operations included:
• Strictly adhering to all government
regulations and protocols
• Closing offices, implementing
remote working arrangements and
imposing travel restrictions
• Implementing standard operating
procedures for those employees
returning to work
• Implementing mandatory social
distancing, sanitisation and mask-
wearing practices
• Providing counselling and mental
wellness support initiatives
• Regularly communicating to
employees about Covid-19-related
developments
• Maintaining a dedicated Covid-19
information portal
• Rolling out social media awareness
and communication campaigns
for employees, communities and
others
In all regions where we operate,
except Australia, our mines have
facilitated polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) tests for our employees and
contractors to enable us to swiftly
isolate and assist those affected.
(In Australia, the Covid-19 prevalence
rates among the population have
been so low that it has not been
necessary to supplement government
testing.)
Number
(positive, recovered)
0
7
2
,
0
1
4
2
7
,
1
1
9
5
4
,
0
1
1
8
1
,
9
6
7
6
,
7
4
8
4
,
7
1
9
1
,
7
8
3
1
,
7
Number
(tested)
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
7
0
5
,
5
9
8
0
,
5
5
7
2
,
3
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Jan
Feb
Mar
2020
2021
(cid:132) Tested (cid:160) Positive (cid:160) Recovered
1000
800
600
400
200
6
0
53
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
SAFETY AND WELLBEING OF OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
Covid-19 will undoubtedly continue
to disrupt our operations and
people during 2021. Our teams are
developing strategies to assist our
employees in dealing with the impacts
of a prolonged pandemic, particularly
as it relates to mental wellness. We
are also working with governments,
industry forums and advisors on the
best solution for vaccine roll-outs.
For more details on how we are
supporting our employees, see p57.
DIESEL PARTICULATE MATTER
Employees working with machinery in
confined underground spaces, as well
as those operating diesel-powered
vehicles, are at risk of being exposed
to DPM.
The South African regulator has not
yet promulgated an occupational
exposure limit (OEL) for DPM,
however, we align with an industry
limit of 0.16mg/m3. At South Deep,
measurements are undertaken
over a time-weighted exposure as
they impact nearby workers. We
aim to have 95% of all samples
measure below 0.16mg/m3 by 2024.
Pleasingly, DPM levels exceeding this
limit decreased to 10% in 2020 from
13% in 2019.
South Deep completed its evaluation
of DPM filters, which are being
fitted to those vehicles that emit
the highest levels of DPM – load
haul dumpers (LHDs), dump trucks
and utility vehicles. By year-end,
the mine had fitted seven LHDs
with DPM filters, with a further 25
LHDs and dump trucks scheduled
for 2021. Furthermore, South Deep
continuously reviews ventilation
layouts to ensure optimal dilution in
all working places.
In Australia, equipment filtration is a
key part of our strategy to manage
DPM in our underground mines. Our
strategy also requires a number of
additional controls to be in place,
including maintenance schedules,
ventilation requirements, operator
training, monitoring protocols
and corrective action processes
for any exceedances of the OEL.
Exceedances of the current OEL of
0.07mg/m3 per 12-hour shift in the
Australian mines are rare, indicating
the appropriateness and effectiveness
of our current strategy.
Open-pit mines in Ghana and Peru
pose a lower risk to DPM exposure.
Sampling at these mines shows
that the effects of DPM exposure to
personnel is insignificant, though it still
has an environmental impact.
As part of our drive to improve
how we manage DPM exposure,
we are working with the ICMM
and its member companies on the
ICSV programme. This initiative
engages original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) to accelerate
the development of mining vehicles
that minimise DPM, reduce GHG
emissions and minimise vehicle
incidents. For details see page 73.
NOISE-INDUCED HEARING LOSS
Noise from machinery and equipment
puts employees at risk of developing
NIHL. We did not record any cases
of NIHL in Ghana, Australia or Peru
during 2020. However, three new
cases of NIHL were reported at
South Deep (2019: six), and 1.5%
(2019: 1.3%) of personal noise
samples registered above the
regulated occupational exposure limit
of 85 dB(A). All new equipment has
noise emissions below 107dB(A) to
meet the 2024 industry targets.
To reduce the risk of NIHL, South
Deep continued its programme of
providing employees with personally
moulded hearing protection. All new
auxiliary fans purchased are sound
attenuated and we continued to
retrofit existing fans to ensure fan
Invincible pit, St Ives, Australia
54
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
noise levels do not exceed 107dB(A).
We continue to work through the
Minerals Council of South Africa to
encourage OEMs to produce quieter
equipment.
HIV/AIDS
Managing HIV/Aids remains an
important issue at our South Deep
mine and, to a lesser extent, our
Ghanaian operations.
At South Deep, the prevalence
rate of those living with HIV/Aids
increased to 17% of the workforce
(2019: 6%). This increase is mainly
due to employees and contractors
self-declaring as part of the screening
process following the reopening of
the mine after the national Covid-19
lockdown during March and April
2020. Furthermore, the increased
attention to chronic diseases and
the risks they pose in combination
with Covid-19 led to an increase in
employees disclosing comorbidities.
Voluntary counselling and testing
(VCT) is offered to prospective and
permanent employees, including
contractors, and 70% of the
workforce underwent VCT during
2020. Free highly active anti-retroviral
therapy (HAART) is provided to HIV-
infected employees, and there are
currently 657 employees enrolled
in this programme (2019: 204). Our
employees’ dependants can also
receive HAART via the Company’s
medical aid schemes.
In Ghana, where the national HIV/Aids
rate is approximately 2%, employees
and contractors have access to a
free, confidential VCT programme.
During 2020, 21% of the workforce
participated in this programme –
the low participation was due to
employee wellbeing resources being
dedicated to fighting Covid-19. No
new positive HIV/Aids cases were
identified among employees. At year-
end, Ghana had 10 employees on
HAART (2019: 10).
DUST, SILICOSIS AND TUBERCULOSIS
South Africa’s mining industry
regulations for silica dust exposure
require that 95% of all personal silica
dust samples taken must be below
a time-weighted exposure of
0.05mg/m3 by 2024. By the end of
2020, 13% of the personal silica dust
samples at South Deep still exceeded
this level, the same as in 2019.
Although we saw an improvement
at the start of 2020, the lockdown
period caused a deterioration in
underground conditions, as we
were unable to maintain and sustain
engineering controls. Following
a thorough review, we installed
automated dust suppression units in
all high-risk areas.
During 2020, the number of Silicosis
cases submitted to the health
authorities increased to 10 from five
in 2019. These employees have all
been working in the mining industry
between 20 and 40 years. All
employees diagnosed with Silicosis
are initiated on a six-month course
of TB prophylaxis. No South Deep
employee who joined the mine
after 2008 and who had not been
previously exposed to silica dust has
contracted Silicosis. All employees
with Silicosis are allocated restricted
duties to ensure they are not exposed
to dust. The mine’s medical team
continues to educate our workforce
and provide counselling during
medical reviews and screening.
Since 2014, Gold Fields, along with
five other companies in South Africa,
had been involved in negotiations with
the legal representatives of former
mineworkers suffering from Silicosis
and TB in the so-called ‘Silicosis
class action case’. In May 2018, the
companies and legal representatives
reached an historic settlement in this
matter, whereby the gold companies
contributed over R5.2bn (US$400m)
towards a settlement trust fund.
Gold Fields provided an amount of
R297m (US$21m) for its share of the
settlement cost.
The settlement agreement came into
effect on 10 December 2019, when
a settlement trust – known as the
Tshiamiso Trust – was established.
The Tshiamiso Trust is responsible
for ensuring that all eligible current
and former mineworkers across
southern Africa with Silicosis or
work-related TB (or their dependants
where the mineworker has passed
away) are compensated. Over the
course of 2020, the Tshiamiso Trust
endeavoured to create the capacity
and establish the systems needed to
begin the execution of its mandate.
However, the Covid-19 pandemic
has had a significant impact on its
work. In December 2020, the trust
made its first payments of R250,000
(US$15,000) each to six claimants.
During 2020, South Deep recorded
13 employees with cardio-respiratory
tuberculosis (CRTB), compared
with 20 in 2019. Three employees
at South Deep were reported with
chronic obstructive airways disease
during 2020 (2019: four).
MENTAL WELLBEING OF EMPLOYEES
IN AUSTRALIA
Against the backdrop of the Covid-19
pandemic, along with the remote
nature of our operations in the
region, we continued to focus on the
mental wellbeing of our employees in
Australia.
The programmes at our four
Australian mines seek to encourage
employees to identify and assist
colleagues who may be at risk of
mental health challenges. Our efforts
this year included:
• Ongoing participation in the national
“R U OK?” programme, which
provides practical tools on how to
start a conversation with those who
may be struggling mentally
• The “Mates in Mining” mental health
and suicide prevention initiative
• The launch of a mental health
movement at our Granny Smith
mine
• Mental health first aid training
across all operations, as well as
the regional executive team. At
Gruyere, over 20% of employees
are trained mental health officers
Additional mental health initiatives
launched across the region include
monthly on-site professional support,
psychological fitness-for-work
assessments, motivational speakers,
internal training programmes,
meditation, and additional on-site
counselling support services. The
Australian region also includes
mental health in its business risk
assessments to ensure adherence
to controls designed to prevent and
mitigate associated risks.
We are also strengthening our focus
on mental health in other regions.
55
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
DEVELOPING A FIT-FOR-PURPOSE WORKFORCE
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Improve engagement levels of employees
• Increase the number of women in the workplace
• Deliver the people scorecard as per the plan
Remote control training room, Tarkwa, Ghana
2025 ESG CHARTER TARGETS
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
Strategic priority
Strategic intent
Build a diverse and inclusive
workplace
(cid:96)
Increase the proportion of women in
our workforce, including women in
leadership and women in mining in
all our operating regions
No
1
6
7
12
15
19
Risk
Covid-19
The impact of Covid-19 on our employees,
communities and business
Mining costs
Rising mining costs, including those relating to ESG
Safety
Safety and health of our employees, including
occupational illnesses
Skills
Attraction and retention of skills
Ghana contractors
Challenges with local mining contractors in Ghana
I&T
Failure to modernise operations
RELATED SDGs
Good health
and wellbeing
Decent work and
economic growth
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of the
significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• Increased investment in training and development to meet our objectives of employing from our host communities and
targeted population groups
• Reduced employment levels over time as our mines become increasingly modernised and automated
• Increased spending to ensure the health and safety of our employees during Covid-19
56
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
In a year dominated by the Covid-19
pandemic, keeping our people safe,
healthy and productive was our
driving focus. We also advanced
our diversity and inclusion strategy,
implemented new ways of working as
part of our drive to attract, develop
and retain top skills, and continued to
maximise the number of employees
from our host communities.
Gold Fields’ workforce of 18,412
people comprises over two-thirds
(69%) contractors – significantly
higher than 2019 as a result of the
construction of our Salares Norte
mine in Chile, which is almost
exclusively carried out by contracted
firms. Beyond this, the composition of
the key demographic groups among
our workforce remained stable during
2020 when compared with previous
years. Women make up 20% of our
total Group workforce and 21% of
our leadership positions. In total,
73% of employees in South Africa are
Historically Disadvantaged Persons
(HDPs) and just 2.8% of employees at
our Ghanaian mines are expatriates.
One of the most significant
restructuring exercises in Gold Fields
over the past two years was the
reduction of South Deep’s workforce
in 2018 and 2019 following section
189 retrenchments. This significantly
changed the workforce profile, and
South Deep now has a leaner team
in line with the requirements of a
WORKFORCE BY GROUP AND REGION (END-DECEMBER)
mechanised mine. Furthermore, as
we continue to build the required
skills set for a mechanised mine, there
has been a marked improvement
in productivity per employee to 303
tonnes/employee from 286 tonnes/
employee in 2019.
The Group’s focus on host
community employment also
changed our workforce profile, and
host community members comprise
53% of our workforce (2019: 55%).
Importantly, this aligns with our
strategy of creating value for the
communities in the regions where we
operate. More information on host
community employment is detailed
on p85 – 86.
Total
workforce
2020
4,268
2,998
4,027
7,003
116
18,412
Employees
Contractors
Proportion of
Nationals1
2020
568
1,668
2,226
1,063
116
5,641
2019
545
1,657
2,310
1,046
97
5,655
2020
3,700
1,330
1,801
5,940
—
2019
2,862
1,266
1,674
6,198
1
12,771
12,001
2020
98%
78%
84%
99%
75%
86%
Americas
Australia
South Africa
West Africa
Corporate
Total
1 Employees only
KEY HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) METRICS (END-DECEMBER)
Category
Total workforce
HDPs employees (%)1
HDPs employees – senior management (%)1
Minimum wage ratio2
Female employees (%)
Ratio of basic salary men to women
Employee wages and benefits (US$m)3
Average training spend per employee (US$)
Employee turnover (%)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
18,412
17,656
17,611
18,594
18,091
73
51
1.71
20
1.31
412
1,211
6
59
52
1.97
20
1.14
395
1,912
16
72
43
2.40
19
1.25
442
2,469
354
71
57
2.43
16
1.25
506
2,258
6
72
55
1.97
15
1.31
482
1,896
12
1 Excluding foreign nationals but including white females. Percentages are of South African workforce only
2 Entry level wage compared with local minimum wage. This ratio excludes Ghana, as the region only employs management-level employees with the transition
to contractor mining
3 This excludes benefits paid to employees working on capital projects
SUPPORTING EMPLOYEES DURING
COVID-19
The Covid-19 pandemic continued to
challenge our people and operations,
and is set to continue doing so
during 2021. It has taken a terrible
toll on our employees – as at mid-
March 2021, almost 3,000 of our
colleagues have tested positive for
Covid-19, and 10 employees or
contractors unfortunately passed
away after contracting the virus. We
implemented an extensive testing
programme at all but our Australian
mines which, to date, have not
reported a single positive case.
The high number of cases at our
operations in South Africa, Peru,
Chile and Ghana reflects the high
prevalence rate of Covid-19 in our
mines’ neighbouring communities.
We detail the extensive health and
educational programmes we put
in place to test, protect and inform
57
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
DEVELOPING A FIT-FOR-PURPOSE WORKFORCE CONTINUED
our employees, as well as how we
assisted those employees who did
contract the virus, on our website at
www.goldfields.com/covid-19.php.
During 2020, our operations spent
approximately US$30m on Covid-19-
related initiatives and interventions,
such as specialised camp
accommodation, testing equipment
and facilities, additional labour costs
to cover key positions, and transport
facilities. Critically, Gold Fields paid
all employees their salaries during
Covid-19 pandemic. This includes
employees who were unable to work
during the various stages of lockdown
at our Cerro Corona mine in Peru and
South Deep in South Africa, which
was completely closed for three
weeks and only partially opened for
a further three weeks.
Gold Fields responded quickly to the
outbreak of Covid-19, closing offices
and operations and implementing
strict lockdown protocols in line with
government-imposed regulations
in all our jurisdictions. We already
had a comprehensive Flexible Work
Policy in place, enabling a relatively
seamless shift as employees
transitioned to remote working
wherever possible. Once restrictions
eased and employees could return to
our sites, we ensured they followed
our strict return-to-work policies and
procedures, as well as on-site testing,
social distancing and sanitation
measures. In Peru and Chile, we
introduced the concept of “team
cells”, whereby employees worked
within dedicated teams to limit their
contact with other employees. This
also made contact tracing easier
in those cases were an employee
became infected.
Communication was central to
keeping employees safe, informed,
connected and motivated. We set up
a dedicated public Covid-19 portal
on our website, which provided a
central repository for all information
and communication material.
Leadership videos and virtual
communication guides, published in
multiple languages, helped employees
to continue work remotely and
productively. We also enhanced the
Company’s information technology
(IT) systems to make remote work
easier while ensuring we effectively
managed cybersecurity risks.
58
The mental health of our employees
during lockdown and isolation was
also a key consideration during the
year. All employees have access to
free, confidential counselling and
support services all hours of the day.
These services provided them with
additional material on mental health
issues during lockdown and isolation,
as well as how to deal with balancing
the dual demands of family and
working from home. We augmented
this messaging by additional mental
health awareness communication
distributed to our employees.
While some employees found remote
work challenging, others embraced
it. We updated Gold Fields’ Flexible
Work Policy during the year to
prepare the Company for an expected
increase in flexible work applications.
Covid-19 will undoubtedly continue
to disrupt our operations and
people during 2021. Our teams are
developing strategies to assist our
employees in dealing with the impacts
of a prolonged pandemic, particularly
as it relates to mental wellness.
NEW WAYS OF WORKING
Human resources (HR) management
is a key component of managing
environmental, social and governance
(ESG) issues, which have become an
increasingly critical consideration for
our stakeholders, including our capital
providers. As part of developing
Gold Fields’ nine ESG priorities – to
be included in our ESG Charter with
2025 delivery targets, which will be
made public later in 2021 – three
relate directly to managing of our
workforce. These are:
• Building a diverse and inclusive
workplace
• Adopting new ways of working
• Enabling cultural transformation
Adopting to new ways of working is
central to our ability to attract, retain
and develop the right skills. While
embracing new technology is an
important part of this ESG priority,
it is by no means our only focus
area. Gold Fields embraces a broad
definition of modernisation that also
includes shifts in culture, processes
and systems.
Our training and development efforts
focus on equipping our people with
the skills required by an evolving
mechanised, modernised and
automated mining industry. In 2020,
we invested US$1,211 per employee
in training (2019: US$1,912).
The decrease was the result of fewer
face-to-face training sessions in light
of Covid-19 lockdowns and social
distancing regulations. In response
to increased virtual working, we
raised the number of online training
courses to enable our employees to
access learning content easily. We
will continue to enhance this service
offering in 2021.
Our leadership competency
framework forms an important part
of our talent attraction and leadership
development strategy. It focuses
on leadership’s ability to create
an inclusive and enabling culture,
demonstrating leadership excellence
and building a credible brand.
Our recruitment process relies on
comprehensive data and analytics,
and utilises systems to track the time
it takes to fill critical roles. Critical role
turnover for the Group was 2.4%
against a target of 5%. Attracting
the next generation of workers to
the mining industry is a key focus,
and we therefore continue to track
the age profile of our workforce.
Competitive benefits, flexible work
arrangements and opportunities for
growth, development and mentorship
are, inter alia, aimed at attracting a
younger skills set.
At the moment, only 29% of our
people are younger than 35. We see
this changing as we modernise our
operations.
We continued to move HR processes
to digital platforms that allow for
employee self-service, enhanced
mobile systems for engagement
and performance management, and
e-learning and big data analytics to
track people-related metrics.
ENHANCING ORGANISATIONAL
CULTURE
Our ESG priority to enable culture
transformation requires extensive
employee engagement to ensure we
build a culture of trust and leadership,
while identifying what needs to change.
We have completed around 80% of
the programmes we initiated following
employee climate surveys conducted
in 2018 and 2019. These include
initiatives to improve communications,
learning and development, creating an
enabling environment and recognition
of employees.
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
On the back of these programmes,
the Company conducted several
pulse surveys and focus groups
to determine the efficacy of the
plans we are implementing, and to
gauge whether we improved the
scores of previously low-ranking
areas. These areas were leadership,
communication, recognition, and
learning and development. The
outcome showed that engagement
levels have improved over the past
year. Employees also responded
positively to Gold Fields’ prioritisation
of the safety and wellbeing of its
people during the current Covid-19
pandemic.
BUILDING A DIVERSE AND INCLUSIVE
WORKFORCE
Our diversity and inclusion strategy
includes three areas of focus –
workforce diversity, workplace
inclusion, and sustainability and
accountability – and presents a
roadmap for how we can achieve
our business and people goals over
a five-year period.
In setting targets for diversity and
inclusion, Gold Fields focused on
representation across all aspects
of the employee lifecycle, including
attraction, development, promotion
and attrition. In doing this – as
opposed to setting blanket targets
across the business – we can ensure
we identify our diversity gaps at
a more comprehensive level. This
allows us to target actions specifically
at those areas and employee lifecycle
points where we need to improve.
We have developed a diversity and
inclusion dashboard that captures
and measures all aspects of
representation across the employee
lifecycle, including:
• Diversity workforce profile
• Retention
• Talent management
• Inclusive mindset (cultural aspects
that foster a diverse and inclusive
workplace)
The dashboard seeks to encourage
diversity and inclusivity beyond a
focus on gender targets. We believe
this is a more comprehensive
approach towards achieving
a workforce that reflects the
demographics of the countries in
which we operate, while at the same
time addressing the skills needs of
modern, automated gold mines.
We will continue to focus on
increasing female representation
during 2021. This decision is based
primarily on the fact that we have
sufficient baseline data in this area to
accurately identify where we need to
focus our attention, and to measure
performance over time. In the year
ahead, we will develop sufficient
baseline data for diversity workforce
profile, retention, talent management
and inclusive mindset.
All our regions have been tasked
with comprehensively reviewing and
setting targets for:
• Percentage of our workforce
classified as women
• Percentage of women in leadership
roles (D-band and above)
• Percentage of women in core
mining roles
Importantly, these targets will be used
to determine long-term incentive
awards.
Across our global workforce, 20% of
Gold Fields’ employees are women
(2019: 20%). Some 54% work in
core mining activities, while 21% hold
management positions (2019: 20%).
The ratio of basic salary for men to
women is 1.31 (2019: 1.14). Three
out of our eight Board members are
women, including the Chairperson.
The turnover of women during the
year was 22%, compared with the
male turnover rate of 78%, both
unchanged from 2019.
Gold Fields was also included in
the Bloomberg Gender-Equality
Index (GEI) for the third year in a
row – achieving an average score of
69%, which exceeded the general
66% average achieved across other
companies included in the index. We
were one of 380 companies across
11 sectors included in the 2021 GEI.
We believe that being included in this
index reflects the appropriateness
of our measures to, among others,
promote female leadership, cultivate
an inclusive culture and ensure
gender pay parity, as well as our
commitment to disclosure on these
issues.
ORGANISED LABOUR
We remain committed to engaging
with our workforce on all material
issues that affect them. We uphold
employees’ rights to freedom of
association and collective bargaining,
and ensure that our contractors also
abide by these standards.
Union membership among our
employees is 73% at South Deep,
and 0% in Ghana due to our transition
to contractor mining at Tarkwa
and Damang. Contractor union
membership in Ghana is estimated to
be 6%. In Australia, an estimated 3%
of employees belong to unions, while
in Peru 25% of our direct workforce
and 29% of contractor workforce
are unionised. In Chile, 9% of our
workforce is unionised.
While union relationships have
historically been strained at South
Deep, we continue to foster a
positive working relationship with
union leaders and members since
the completion of the section 189
retrenchment process in 2018. This is
particularly evident in our joint efforts
to mitigate the impacts of Covid-19
on our workforce.
REMUNERATION POLICY
Our remuneration structures are
designed to stimulate and incentivise
high performance through market-
related base pay and benefits,
attractive performance-driven
incentives, as well as recognition
and retention programmes. The core
objective of our Remuneration Policy
is to attract, retain and motivate top
talent to deliver superior results.
The Company is acutely aware of
the global concern around excessive
executive remuneration, fair and
responsible remuneration between
management and junior-level
employees, as well as pay disparities
between genders. We believe that
our approach to short and long-term
remuneration is substantively fair and
consistently applied throughout the
Group.
Gold Fields’ Remuneration
Policy drives and incentivises the
achievement of our strategy, and
continuously supports the creation
of stakeholder value by aligning
performance with commensurate
levels of reward. In this way, we align
stakeholder interests.
For details of our Remuneration Policy and
2020 remuneration and incentive payments
to executives and directors, refer to our
Remuneration Report on p26 – 54 of our
2020 Annual Financial Report (AFR), which
can be accessed at https://www.goldfields.
com/integrated-annual-reports.php
59
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CREATING A GLOBAL, SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Improve the strategic planning process
• Future strategy decision with regard to the investment in Asanko to be made by August 2021
• Improve our process as it relates to allocating and managing capital
• Advance Salares Norte Project
• Improve South Deep people and processes
Processing plant at Gruyere, Australia
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
Risk
3
4
5
South Deep
Loss of investor confidence due to non-achievement of the
mine’s business plan
Resource nationalism
Resource nationalism, regulatory uncertainty and government
imposts
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves
Replacing Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves
in Australia, Ghana, Peru and Chile
6
16
18
19
Mining costs
Rising mining costs, including those relating to ESG
Chile
Delays and cost overrun relating to the Salares Norte project
Infrastructure
Ageing infrastructure
I&T
Failure to modernise operations
RELATED SDGs
Decent work and
economic growth
Industrial innovation
and infrastructure
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of the
significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• Continued investment in near-mine exploration required to ensure life-of-mine extension at our operations
• Investments in less-risky geographies precludes Gold Fields from accessing potentially rich ore bodies in other countries
• Focus on sustainable and organic growth without the need of expensive corporate activity, in particular mergers and
acquisitions
60
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
Despite the elevated gold price and
buoyant gold market in 2020, we
maintained our focus on delivering
on the recent investments we made
into our portfolio and, ultimately,
increasing free cash-flow (FCF) per
ounce of gold produced. Over the
years, the Group has built a high
quality, global production base by
specifically focusing on low-cost,
longer-life assets in a limited number
of mining-friendly jurisdictions.
The Company employed various
elements to refine our production
base into one that will maintain
production of 2.0Moz – 2.5Moz per
year for the next 10 years at costs
that are competitive with or lower
than our global peers. Our approach
to mergers and acquisitions focuses
on acquiring or developing lower-
cost (than Group average), longer-life
assets and disposing of higher-cost,
shorter-life assets that management
believes can be better served by
a company with more time and
resources to commit. We continue to
invest significant funds in near-mine
brownfields exploration to extend
the life of our current asset base and
capitalise on in-country opportunities
to leverage off our existing footprint,
infrastructure and skills set.
Our overriding strategic objective is
to generate an FCF margin of 15%
at a gold price of US$1,300/oz. This
is the principal criteria that drives our
portfolio management process, and
we will only invest in new assets if we
meet this hurdle. In addition, we focus
strongly on improving the longevity of
our production base, and therefore
endeavour to allocate our capital to
projects or organic opportunities that
will ultimately increase the life-of-
mine across the Group. To this end,
over the past three to four years,
Gold Fields significantly invested
in developing Gruyere in Western
Australia and the major cutback of
the Damang pit in Ghana. We will
continue to invest heavily throughout
2021, with US$508m budgeted for
the development of Salares Norte in
Chile, which will materially improve
Group AIC and extend mine life when
it comes into production in 2023.
Gold Fields remains committed
to its strategy of generating cash
to pay dividends to shareholders,
reduce debt and share the value
we create with our employees,
host communities, governments
and capital providers. Our capital
allocation priorities will remain largely
unchanged in 2021, namely:
• De-gearing the balance sheet
• Funding the Salares Norte capital
expenditure (capex)
• Maintain our policy of paying
dividends between 25% – 35%
of normalised earnings
• Increasing capex to sustain
production at some of our key
assets
GROWING OUR GLOBAL FOOTPRINT
Over the years, Gold Fields
has established an attractive,
geographically diversified portfolio
with nine mines and one project in five
countries. While our strategy targeted
expansion outside of South Africa
since the unbundling of our legacy,
conventional mines to Sibanye Gold
in 2013, we remained very selective
in choosing the countries in which
to invest.
The Group continued to enhance
its global footprint during 2020 by
advancing the Salares Norte project
in Chile to construction, with first
production expected in Q1 2023.
This project will add 450koz of gold-
equivalent production per annum once
it achieves steady state. Importantly,
this production will come online at
extremely competitive costs, further
enhancing the quality of our portfolio.
With 20.5Moz of attributable
gold-equivalent Mineral Reserves
(excluding Asanko) being outside
South Africa at 31 December 2020,
our mines in Australia, Chile, Ghana
and Peru are well positioned to
produce 2Moz – 2.5Moz per year for
eight to 10 years.
Encouragingly, the performance
of our South Deep mine in South
Africa continued to improve in 2020,
despite the impacts of the Covid-19
pandemic and the government-
imposed shutdowns during Q2
2020 – which effectively lost the mine
52 days of production. The mine
took advantage of higher gold prices
to generate R558m (US$34m) in
net cash-flow even with Rand gold
hedges that capped the upside at an
average price of R727,000/kg.
DAMANG
INTO THE HEART OF THE ORE BODY
Gold Fields reinvested almost
US$370m in our Damang mine in
Ghana over the past four years to
extend the life-of-mine to 2025.
The Damang Reinvestment project
commenced in December 2016 and
entailed a major cutback to both
the eastern and western walls of the
Damang pit.
Since commencement, the project
has steadily outperformed plan,
with the Amoanda pit providing a
high-grade source of ore during
early production years. At the end
of December 2020, 48 months into
the project, total material mined
amounted to 149Mt, 14% ahead of
the project schedule. Gold produced
for the same period amounted to
756koz, exceeding the planned
647koz by 17%. Total project capital
incurred as at 31 December 2020
was US$367m versus a budgeted
US$345m, largely driven by the
additional capital waste tonnes
mined.
Project capex continued to decrease
in 2020 with the bulk of the capital
incurred during the first three years
of the project. Non-sustaining capex
decreased to US$6m in 2020 from
US$71m in 2019, US$125m in 2018
and US$117m in 2017, in line with
the project schedule.
From a production perspective, 2020
was a year of two halves. During H1
2020, production was impacted by
lower grades as mining transitioned
through the Huni sandstone lithology,
which exhibited more variable grades
than anticipated. The bulk of the Huni
sandstones were mined out by mid-
year, at which point mining activities
moved into the higher grade (and
more consistent mineralised) Tarkwa
phyllites deeper in the Damang pit.
As a result, both production and
costs improved markedly during
H2 2020. We expect this trend to
continue over the next three years.
Encouragingly, Damang generated net
cash-flow of US$66m in 2020 after
turning net cash-flow positive in 2019
(generating US$24m) for the first time
since the start of the Reinvestment
project. The mine is expected to
produce 275koz in 2021 at AISC
61
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CREATING A GLOBAL, SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO CONTINUED
of US$730/oz and AIC of US$790/
oz. It is anticipated that Damang will
maintain similar production levels
with healthy cash-flows over the next
three years to 2023, at which point
production begins to tail off. As such,
the team has commenced studies on
a further pit cutback, which has the
potential to extend the life-of-mine
beyond 2025 by a further four years.
SALARES NORTE
PROGRESSING TO PLAN
The Salares Norte project is a 100%
Gold Fields-owned, gold-silver
deposit. It is located between 3,900m
and 4,700m above sea level in the
municipality of Diego de Almagro
in the Atacama region of northern
Chile. Mineralisation is contained
within a high-sulphidation epithermal
system, offering high-grade oxides.
The project is currently in its
construction phase, and is expected
to meaningfully change the future
profile of Gold Fields by accelerating
growth in production and reducing
Group AIC.
Land easement for the project was
granted for 30 years on 30 May
2016. We obtained water rights in
December 2016, with the regulator
granting Gold Fields access to
more than double the amount of
water that the project requires. The
Atacama Environmental Assessment
Commission approved Salares
Norte’s Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) on 18 December
2019. As a result, an updated
feasibility study (FS) was presented
to the Board in February 2020,
which subsequently approved the
construction and development of
the project.
The estimated project capex of
US$860m (in 2020 terms), to be
spent over the 33-month construction
period, will be funded from a
combination of the US$250m equity
raised in February 2020, the strong
operational cash generation of the
Group and existing debt facilities, if
required. First production is planned
for Q1 2023, with life-of-mine
production of 3.7Moz gold-equivalent
over an 11.5-year period. Average
annual production is forecast to be
450koz gold-equivalent for the first
seven years, decreasing to 355koz
62
gold-equivalent for the next three
years. AISC over the life-of-mine is
anticipated to amount to US$552 per
gold-equivalent ounce.
Construction activities were relatively
unaffected by the Covid-19 pandemic
during 2020, and the project remains
on schedule. US$151m was spent
on Salares Norte in 2020, including
exploration and project expenses of
US$30m, initial capex of US$97m
and prepayments accounting for
the majority of the balance. At the
end of December 2020, engineering
progress was 97% complete,
construction progress 16% complete
and total project progress 27%, all
ahead of plan. The mining contractor
began pioneering works on
1 October, as planned. Pre-stripping
of the pit and construction of the
processing plant commenced during
January 2021, in line with the project’s
construction schedule. At the end
of December, 87% of the project’s
scope of work had been committed
to and priced, including 99% of plant
and infrastructure orders and 95% of
contracts, significantly reducing the
risk of price escalations.
In addition to the Agua Amarga and
Brecha Principal ore bodies, which
will be mined over the initial 10-year
period, there is significant exploration
potential within the surrounding area.
Salares Norte controls 84,000ha of
mineral rights in the Salares Norte
district and has carried out extensive
district-wide exploration within a
20km radius of the plant site. During
2020, a total of 17,504m were drilled,
focusing on the Horizonte Project,
while additional work was done at
the Agua Amarga North and Brecha
West targets near the Salares Norte
pit. We will continue to invest in
exploration within the area to add to
the production pipeline from 2025
onwards.
While there are no indigenous claims
or community presence on the
concession or the dedicated access
routes, Salares Norte embarked on
an extensive engagement programme
with three indigenous communities
within its wider vicinity and entered
into long-term agreements with
them. The project’s principal area
of social influence – and potential
labour-sending area – is the
Diego de Almagro municipality,
approximately 125km away.
A critical element of the EIA approval
was the relocation of endangered
Short-tailed Chinchilla in the area.
This work, which is carried out by
independent environmental experts, is
ongoing and we are in close contact
with the regulator on the relocation
programme. For details see p98.
SOUTH DEEP
CONTINUED IMPROVEMENT
South Deep continued to show
operational improvements in 2020
despite the impacts of the Covid-19
pandemic, which included a
government-imposed shutdown.
In compliance with country-wide
restrictions, we placed South Deep
on care and maintenance during
April 2020. While the mine operated
well below its full labour complement
for the remainder of the quarter, the
workforce gradually ramped up to its
full complement towards the end of
Q3 2020.
Despite this interruption, South
Deep continued to improve in most
production metrics during 2020
as a result of several initiatives
we implemented following the
restructuring at the end of 2018,
including:
• Purposeful Visible Felt Leadership
• Reinvigorating our leadership
system
• Improving face time and increasing
the effectiveness thereof
• Enabling logistics
• Implementing innovation and
technology
The Siyaphambili intervention,
a management and leadership
programme focusing on the capacity
and capability of our front-line
supervisors and middle managers,
continued to bear fruit during 2020.
As a result, we reached the following
key mining achievements during
2020:
• Destress square metres mined
increased by 34% to 35,545m²
in 2020 from 26,606m² in 2019.
Longhole stoping volumes mined
increased by 11% to 697,501
tonnes in 2020 (2019: 631,281
tonnes) as a result of improved
stope availability, equipment
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
productivity and increased stope
extraction quality. Encouragingly,
stoping compliance to plan
increased to an average of 90%
in 2020 from 79% in 2019
• After placing a record 426,338m3
of backfill in 2019, a total of
322,823m3 was placed in 2020
as the backlog was eroded.
With this, we further improved
stope turnaround time to an
average of 4.8 months in 2020
from 5.5 months in 2019 and
7.8 months in 2018
• The mine’s overall productivity
improved to 303 tonnes per
employee costed (TEC) in 2020
from 286 tonnes per TEC in 2019.
STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS
Over the years, Gold Fields has
acquired strategic interests in a
number of smaller mining companies.
Taking advantage of favourable equity
market conditions, we have steadily
reduced these non-core equity
holdings over the past two years.
In 2019, we raised US$179m through
these sales, with the proceeds
being used to pay down a portion
of our debt. In 2020, we sold our
16.4% stake in ASX-listed Cardinal
Resources, which holds exploration
rights in northern Ghana, to Nordgold
for A$37m (US$23m).
Machine productivity decreased
slightly to 72m/rig in 2020 from
78m/rig in 2019, but is still up from
59m/rig in 2018
The key improvements in production
efficiencies over the past three years
are depicted in the table below.
Activity
2020
2019
2018
Development
(m/rig)
De-stress
(m/rig)
Longhole
stoping (t/rig)
72
72
78
40
40
23
12,968 11,966
6,708
Despite the impacts of Covid-19,
South Deep’s gold production
increased by 2% to 7,056kg
(226.9koz) in 2020 from 6,907kg
(222.1koz) in 2019. Encouragingly,
the mine generated net cash of
US$34m in 2020, which was more
than double the US$15m generated
during 2019. For 2021, we expect a
strong increase in production (+28%)
to 290koz. Furthermore, we are
reasonably confident that we can
increase production volumes between
15% – 20% over the next three to
four years.
Gold Fields acquired a strategic 17%
shareholding in Chakana Copper in
2019 for C$8m (US$6m). In February
2021, we participated in a rights offer
that increased our holding to 19.9%
for an additional C$3m (US$2m).
Chakana Copper is currently
advancing the prospective Soledad
gold-silver project in central Peru.
Our current strategic shareholdings
are shown in the table below.
GOLD FIELDS’ NON-CORE INVESTMENTS (31 DECEMBER 2020)
Investment
Galiano Gold (formerly Asanko Gold)
Rusoro Mining
Chakana Copper1
Magamatic Resources
Lefroy Exploration
Orsu Metals
Woodjam Copper
Maverix Metals warrants
Total value
Shareholding
%
Market value
(US$m)
9.8
25.7
16.8
10.9
18.0
6.1
16.3
25
4
7
3
4
1
3
13
60
1 This shareholding was increased to 19.9% in February 2021
FAR SOUTHEAST
There were no material developments
relating to the Far Southeast (FSE)
project in the Philippines during
2020. The project is held by Far
Southeast Gold Resources, in which
Gold Fields has a 40% interest with
an option to increase its stake to
60%, and is adjacent to an existing
mining operation with established
infrastructure. Lepanto Consolidated
Mining Company of the Philippines
holds the remaining 60% interest
and manages the existing mining
operation.
FSE’s mining licence was up for
renewal for 25 years in 2015. The
Philippine government ruled that Free
Prior and Informed Consent was
required for the renewal, however, this
requirement was overturned during
independent arbitration and, in 2018,
by the country’s Court of Appeals.
The government is appealing that
ruling in the Supreme Court, where
the case is currently pending.
Gold Fields reversed previous
impairments of its investment in
FSE, resulting in a carrying value of
US$144m at end-2020, based on
the fair value less cost of disposal of
the investment, which was indirectly
derived from Lepanto’s market value
on the Philippine Stock Exchange.
Gold Fields’ holding costs in FSE
are approximately US$0.1m, related
mainly to staff and administrative
costs, managing existing drill core,
environmental monitoring, community
relations work, as well as activities to
support the permitting process.
63
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CREATING A GLOBAL, SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO CONTINUED
LIFE EXTENSION THROUGH NEAR-
MINE EXPLORATION
Near-mine (brownfields) exploration is
key to Gold Fields’ strategy as it offers
one of the lowest-cost opportunities
for adding ounces and growing cash-
flow, particularly on a per share basis.
The value in near-mine exploration
lies in:
• Knowledge of the ore bodies, which
enables our exploration teams to
identify extensions or additional ore
sources housed within the mining
tenement
• Operational capabilities, including
Gold Fields’ proven ability to
develop and mine orogenic ore
bodies
• Regional and operational
infrastructure, including existing
processing plants and regional
management teams
We believe that brownfields
exploration provides a robust platform
for regional growth. In addition
to growing Gold Fields’ Mineral
Resource and Mineral Reserve base,
near-mine exploration also extends
the life of the Group’s existing assets
and ensures that each region can
continue leveraging its infrastructure.
In 2020, Gold Fields spent US$76m
on near-mine exploration (2019:
US$73m), which supported a total
of 367,600m of near-mine drilling
(2019: 428,980m). We incurred the
majority of this spending – US$50m
(A$72m) (2019: US$58m (A$84m))
– at our Australian mines. We spent
US$6m in Ghana, which is lower
than the US$13m spent in 2019.
Amid a renewed focus on extending
Tarkwa’s life-of-mine, and further
resource definition drilling at the
Damang cutback project we have
budgeted US$9m for the region
(excluding Asanko) in 2021. Asanko
is scheduled to spend US$5m on
exploration in 2021.
Looking ahead, we have budgeted
US$101m for near-mine exploration
during 2021 (excluding Asanko), of
which US$63m (A$84m) will be at
our Australian operations, US$9m at
Tarkwa and Damang, and US$27m
at Salares Norte.
Following are details of the near-mine
exploration activities at our Australian
and Ghanaian mines during 2020.
South Deep and Cerro Corona do
not undertake exploration on their
properties.
ST IVES
At St Ives, total 2020 exploration
spend amounted to US$24m. A total
of 130,625m were drilled during the
year, increasing Mineral Resources by
13% to 5.0Moz and Mineral Reserves
by 17% to 2.7Moz, net of depletion.
Key outcomes:
• 17% increase in Mineral Reserves
• 13% increase in Mineral Resources
• Extended Invincible complex both
laterally and at depth
ST IVES MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON Gold (Moz)
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
9
7
0
.
)
0
4
0
.
(
8
2
.
2
7
6
.
2
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
AGNEW
We spent US$14m on exploration
at Agnew during 2020, with a total
of 59,967m drilled during the year.
Encouragingly, Agnew managed
to replace Mineral Reserves after
depletion again. Mineral Resources
increased by 26% to 3.2Moz, while
Mineral Reserves increased by 19%
to 917koz. Agnew is now in the
strongest position it has been since
December 2013.
Neptune pit, St Ives, Australia
64
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
The enhanced focus on exploration
over the past few years is starting to
yield extremely encouraging results,
and Agnew’s outlook is increasingly
positive. The Waroonga North ore
body continued to grow laterally and
at depth during 2020. Additional
Mineral Resources were also declared
at Redeemer Zone 2, which declared
its maiden Mineral Reserve in 2019.
We are also seeing further extensions
of Genesis and Sheba at New
Holland.
Key outcomes:
• 19% increase in Mineral Reserves
• 26% increase in Mineral Resources
• Additional Mineral Resources
declared at Redeemer Zone 2
• Waroonga North growing laterally
and at depth
AGNEW MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON Gold (Moz)
9
3
.
0
)
5
2
.
0
(
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
GRANNY SMITH MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON Gold (Moz)
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
)
9
2
.
0
(
8
3
.
0
8
0
2
.
7
1
2
.
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
GRUYERE JV
Gold Fields’ exploration allocation to
the Gruyere JV amounted to US$1m
in 2020, with a total of 14,221m
drilled during the year. Gold Fields’
50% share of the Mineral Resources
increased nominally by 1% to 46koz,
while total allocated Mineral Reserves
decreased by 3% post-depletion
to 1.7Moz.
Key outcomes:
• 3.2% decrease in Mineral Reserves
• 1.4% decrease in open-pit Mineral
Resources
7
7
.
0
2
9
.
0
GRUYERE MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON (Moz – 100% basis)
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
GRANNY SMITH
Total exploration spend at Granny
Smith amounted to US$11m in
2020, with a total of 71,748m drilled
during the year. Mineral Resources
decreased nominally by 375koz
(4.5%), while Mineral Reserves
increased by 4.3% post-depletion
to 2.2Moz.
Key outcomes:
• 4.3% increase in Mineral Reserves
• 4.5% decrease in Mineral
Resources
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
)
8
2
.
0
(
7
1
.
0
9
5
.
3
8
4
.
3
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
TARKWA
Gold Fields spent US$6m in near-
mine exploration at Tarkwa during the
year, drilling 27,969m. Encouragingly,
and continuing a trend from 2019,
Tarkwa again replaced depletion in
2020. Tarkwa’s Mineral Reserves
increased by 3% to 6.1Moz while
Mineral Resources declined by 2%
to 10.6Moz.
Key outcomes:
• 3% increase in Mineral Reserves
• 2% decrease in Mineral Resources
TARKWA MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON (Moz)
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
)
4
5
0
.
(
4
7
0
.
9
8
.
5
0
1
.
6
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
DAMANG
While we focused on implementing
the Damang Reinvestment project,
Gold Fields also spent US$0.4m in
near-mine exploration at Damang
during the year. A total of 357m were
drilled. Despite the exploration effort,
Mineral Resources decreased by 4%
to 5.7Moz and Mineral Reserves by
24% to 1.0Moz, net of depletion.
Key outcomes:
• 24% decrease in Mineral Reserves
• 4% decrease in Mineral Resources
DAMANG MINERAL RESERVES
RECONCILIATON (Moz)
1,6
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
)
3
2
.
0
(
)
9
0
.
0
(
5
3
.
1
3
0
.
1
Mineral
reserves
2019
Mined
depletion
2020
Growth
2020
Mineral
reserves
2020
65
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CREATING A GLOBAL, SUSTAINABLE PORTFOLIO CONTINUED
MINERAL RESOURCES AND MINERAL
RESERVES SUMMARY
The management of the Company’s
Mineral Resources and Mineral
Reserves is central to delivering on its
strategic goals and key performance
targets. The Group continued with
its strategy of focusing on near-mine
exploration to extend mine life during
the year. The multi-year investment in
exploration has delivered one of the
best operational Mineral Reserves
replacement years for Gold Fields
during 2020 on the back of an equally
good performance in 2019.
The emphasis at all mine sites is
to drive the Mineral Resources to
Mineral Reserves conversion, strive
for Mineral Reserves growth that
replaces annual depletion, improve
cash-flow and cost per ounce, and to
deliver on the strategic opportunities
to extend the life-of-mines.
2020 PERFORMANCE
The Covid-19 pandemic affected
the Mineral Resource and Mineral
Reserve reporting cycle. Nevertheless,
the regions were able to complete the
drilling, resource modelling, technical
studies and life-of-mine planning as
scheduled. In 2020, both Mineral
Resources and Mineral Reserves
increased post annual depletion,
which continues a consistent
multi-year performance. Since the
December 2015 declaration, the
Group has replaced 11.5Moz in
depleted Mineral Reserves and added
a further 4.5Moz through successful
exploration activities, technical studies
and project investment, equating to a
9% growth in Mineral Reserves over
this period, net of annual depletions.
The Group-managed gold Mineral
Resource, including Far Southeast in
the Philippines, is 124.1Moz (2019:
123.4Moz) and the gold-managed
Mineral Reserve is 54.3Moz (2019:
53.2Moz) for operating mines and the
Salares Norte project, but excluding
the Asanko JV in the 2020 number.
The Group-managed Mineral
Resource, including Far Southeast,
and reporting all metal as gold
equivalent ounces, is 149.1Moz
(2019: 148.7Moz) and the Mineral
Reserve is 56.1Moz (2019: 55.2Moz).
The attributable gold Mineral
Resource for operating mines and
Salares Norte, but excluding both
Asanko and Far Southeast, has
increased year-on-year by circa 1%
to 96.7Moz (2019: 96.1Moz). The
attributable gold Mineral Reserve
reflects a 2.0% increase to 50.3Moz
(2019: 49.3Moz), both net of 2.2Moz
annual production depletion during
2020.
Notable Mineral Resource highlights
during 2020 were increases of 26%
at Agnew, 13% at St Ives and 4% at
South Deep, net of annual depletion.
Mineral Reserve highlights includes
increases of 19% at Agnew, 17% at
St Ives, 6% at South Deep, 4% at
Granny Smith and 3% at Tarkwa, also
net of annual depletion. This reflects
the largest Mineral Reserve at St
Ives since 2011, the largest Mineral
Reserve at Agnew since 2014,
and the second consecutive year
Tarkwa fully replaced Mineral Reserve
depletion in the last six years.
The gold price used for the 2020
estimates increased to US$1,500/oz
(2019: US$1,400/oz) for Mineral
Resources and to US$1,300/oz
(2019: US$1,200/oz) for Mineral
Reserves, and are aligned to the
long-term market consensus
forecast and prices used by peer
group companies. Copper and silver
prices used for the estimates were
unchanged year-on-year at
US$3.2/lb and US$20/oz,
respectively, for Mineral Resources
and US$2.8/lb and US$17.5/oz,
respectively, for Mineral Reserves.
GOVERNANCE
The consolidated summary of Gold
Fields’ Mineral Resources and
Mineral Reserves in this section
should be read in conjunction with
the Gold Fields Mineral Resource and
Mineral Reserve Supplement (the
Supplement), which can be found on
our website at www.goldfields.com/
integrated-annual-reports.php. The
Supplement sets out important and
detailed technical information on the
Company’s Mineral Resources and
Mineral Reserves as at 31 December
2020. It is prepared in line with the
South African Code for the Reporting
of Exploration Results, Mineral
Resources and Mineral Reserves,
2016 edition (SAMREC Code) and
other leading standards as well as
stock exchange regulations.
The Mineral Resource and Mineral
Reserve statements have been
reviewed and approved by the Group
Competent Person, Tim Rowland,
who is a member of Gold Fields’
Corporate Technical Services team.
Agnew, Australia
66
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
MINERAL RESOURCES AND MINERAL RESERVES ESTIMATES
Mineral Resources (100%)
Mineral Reserves (100%)
31 Dec 2020
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(koz)
Dec 2019
Gold
(koz)
31 Dec 2020
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(koz)
Dec 2019
Gold
(koz)
2020
Attributable
Resource
(koz)
Reserve
(koz)
Gold (Au)
Australia region
Agnew
Gruyere (50%)
Granny Smith
St Ives
Total Australia region
South Africa region
South Deep
Total South Africa region
Americas region
Cerro Corona
Salares Norte
Total Americas region
West Africa region
Damang
Asanko (50%)
Tarkwa
Total West Africa region
18,6
77,9
45,0
41,7
183,1
382,5
382,5
104,8
25,6
130,4
83,1
–
297,0
380,1
5,31
1,34
5,49
3,70
3,30
5,10
5,10
0,56
4,76
1,38
2,13
–
1,11
1,34
3,01
3,178
3,356
7,936
4,964
2,521
3,309
8,310
4,403
19,433
18,544
5,3
43,4
12,6
25,5
86,8
62,684
62,684
60,130
60,130
205,7
205,7
1,890
3,913
5,803
5,693
–
10,640
16,333
2,213
3,913
6,126
5,918
1,931
10,913
18,762
104,254
103,562
67,0
21,1
88,1
21,2
–
197,7
218,8
599,4
–
5,39
1,24
5,34
3,25
2,68
5,27
5,27
0,64
5,13
1,71
1,52
–
0,96
1,01
2,82
–
0,917
1,738
2,167
2,665
7,487
0,772
1,795
2,078
2,283
6,928
3,178
3,356
7,936
4,964
19,433
0,917
1,738
2,167
2,665
7,487
34,834
34,834
32,817
32,817
56,753
56,753
31,538
31,538
1,368
3,476
4,844
1,031
–
6,095
7,127
54,292
50,276
1,553
3,476
5,029
1,349
1,189
5,894
8,432
53,207
49,302
1,881
3,913
5,794
1,362
3,476
4,838
5,124
0,928
–
9,576
14,700
–
5,486
6,414
96,680
50,276
Total Gold Managed
1 076,1
Total Gold attributable
–
–
96,680
96,080
Copper (Cu)
Cerro Corona
Silver (Ag)
Tonnes
Grade
Copper
Copper
Tonnes
Grade
Copper
Copper
Resource
Reserve
(Mt)
(% Cu)
104,3
0,35
(Mlb)
812
(Mlb)
886
(Mt)
67,0
(% Cu)
0,38
(Mlb)
565
(Mlb)
619
(Mlb)
809
(Mlb)
563
Tonnes
Grade
Silver
Silver
Tonnes
Grade
Silver
Silver
Resource
Reserve
Salares Norte
Total Gold-eq (koz)
(Mt)
25,6
–
(g/t)
(koz)
(koz)
53,14
43,662
43,662
–
149,100
148,700
(Mt)
21,1
–
(g/t)
57,94
–
(koz)
(koz)
(koz)
(koz)
39,263
56,100
39,263
43,662
55,200
116,000
39,263
52,100
67
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
PROFITABLE PRODUCTION AND
SUSTAINABLE CASH-FLOW
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Increase FCF per ounce at a set gold price
• Eliminate fatalities, serious injuries and environmental incidents in our business
• Improve innovation and technology
• Improve South Deep people and processes
• Future strategy decision with regard to Asanko to be made by August 2021
Tarkwa, Ghana
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
Risk
1
2
3
6
7
8
Covid-19
The impact of Covid-19 on our employees, communities and
business plan
Gold/foreign exchange
Gold price and currency exchange rate volatility
South Deep
Loss of investor confidence due to non-achievement of the
mine’s business plan
Mining costs
Rising mining costs, including those relating to ESG
Safety
Safety and health of our employees, including occupational
illnesses
Energy
Security of power supply and cost of energy
13
14
15
16
18
19
Water
Water pollution, security and reduction in freshwater
consumption
Geotechnical
Increased geotechnical risk underground and in open pits
Ghana contractors
Challenges with local mining contractors in Ghana
Chile
Delays and cost overrun relating to the Salares Norte project
Infrastructure
Ageing infrastructure
I&T
Failure to modernise operations
RELATED SDGs
Decent work and
economic growth
Industrial innovation
and infrastructure
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of the
significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• We will not mine if we cannot mine safely, which means that occasionally we do not mine profitable ore bodies
• Setting conservative gold prices for planning purposes restricts the scope of our operations
• Benefits of higher gold prices on our operations are, in part, offset by rising mining costs
• Increased investment in modernisation and automation will lead to declining employee numbers
• Ensuring the sustainability of South Deep requires constant focus on workforce optimisation
68
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
The gold mining industry was uniquely
challenged during 2020. As the
Covid-19 pandemic swept across the
globe, we had to adapt and enforce
substantial changes to our operating
protocols. Spearheaded by our
regional leadership teams, Gold Fields
responded swiftly in establishing the
necessary protocols, procedures and
practices to mitigate the impacts of
Covid-19 and keep our people safe.
Strict adherence to government
protocols and rigorous Covid-19
testing of all site-based employees
were swiftly rolled out across the
Group.
In Australia, we adjusted rosters and
amended flight schedules to limit
travel and reduce interaction between
employees. At Cerro Corona in Peru,
we initially extended shift cycles in
response to a nationwide curfew,
while also constructing additional
accommodation facilities to enable
social distancing.
Our Cerro Corona and South Deep
operations were the most impacted
by the pandemic during 2020.
In compliance with the government-
imposed lockdown towards the end
of March, we placed South Deep on
care and maintenance for the first
four weeks of Q2 2020. At the end
of April, as South Africa eased the
lockdown restrictions, South Deep
could resume mining activities, albeit
at 50% of its full labour complement.
This continued until the end of May,
when our workforce gradually ramped
up to its full complement. In all, South
Deep lost approximately 52 days of
operation.
In Peru, a curfew was imposed on
16 March, which entailed strict intra-
provincial and international travel
restrictions. Mining was declared an
GROUP OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
essential industry, and Cerro Corona
could continue to operate largely
as normal until mid-April, when the
mine was restricted to 30% of its
workforce. The labour complement
gradually increased from the end of
April and was back at full capacity
during October 2020. Lost production
from Covid-19-related stoppages and
restrictions during 2020 amounted to
approximately 32koz at South Deep
and 46koz at Cerro Corona. For
more information on the impacts of
Covid-19, refer to p57 and p87.
The combination of our strong
operational performance and the
higher gold price during the year
enabled the Group to contain the
impacts of Covid-19 and post a solid
set of results in 2020, comfortably
meeting our underlying goal of
generating a FCF margin of 15%
at a gold price of US$1,300/oz.
Despite the Covid-19 restrictions,
Gold Fields’ attributable gold-
equivalent production increased by
2% to 2.236Moz in 2020 (2019:
2.195Moz), within revised guidance
of 2.200Moz – 2.250Moz. We revised
original guidance of 2.275Moz –
2.315Moz in April 2020 to account
for the impact of Covid-19 on our
operations – particularly South Deep
and Cerro Corona.
Group AIC increased marginally
in 2020 to US$1,079/oz (2019:
US$1,064/oz), which was within
revised guidance of US$1,070/
oz – US$1,090/oz. The year-on-year
increase in AIC was driven by higher
cost of sales before amortisation and
depreciation, higher sustaining capex
and higher royalties, partially offset
by higher level of gold sold and lower
non-sustaining capex. Group AISC for
the year totalled US$977/oz (2019:
US$897/oz), again within revised
guidance of US$960/oz – US$980/
oz. Covid-19-related costs amounted
to US$26m in 2020, equal of US$12/
oz, and are included in Group AIC
and AISC.
During 2020, Gold Fields maintained
the capex levels we believe are
important to ensure the longevity of
our portfolio. Total capex (excluding
Asanko) decreased to US$584m
in 2020 from US$613m in 2019.
This comprised sustaining capex
of US$409m and project capex of
US$175m.
Regional capex included:
• Americas: At Cerro Corona, capex
decreased by 11% to US$50m in
2020 from US$56m in 2019, mainly
due to the impact of Covid-19
restrictions on construction
activities. We spent capex of
US$97m on Salares Norte during
2020, as capitalisation of project
spend began on 1 April 2020
• Australia: Our Australian mines
decreased capex to A$319m
(US$220m) in 2020 from A$458m
(US$319m) in 2019, with near-mine
exploration amounting to A$72m
(US$50m) in 2020 (2019: A$84m
(US$58m))
• South Africa: As previously
guided, total capex at South
Deep increased by 68% year-
on-year to R804m (US$49m) in
2020 from R479m (US$33m) in
2019. This increase was driven by
the purchase of new equipment
and the recommencement of
development in the new mine area
• West Africa: Total capex (excluding
Asanko) decreased to US$167m
in 2020 from US$202m in 2019,
driven by a decrease in waste
tonnes mined at Damang
2021 Guidance
2020 Actual
2020 Guidance (revised)
2019 Actual
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Group
2.30Moz –
2.35Moz
US$1,310/oz –
US$1,350/oz
2.24Moz US$1,079/oz
2.20Moz –
2.25Moz
US$1,070/oz –
US$1,090/oz
2.20Moz US$1,064/oz
69
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
PROFITABLE PRODUCTION AND SUSTAINABLE CASH-FLOW
CONTINUED
REGIONAL PERFORMANCES
SOUTH AFRICA REGION
2021 Guidance
2020 Actual
2020 Guidance
2019 Actual
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod1
AIC
Prod
AIC
South Deep 9,000kg
(289koz)
R660,000/kg
(US$1,320/oz)
7,056kg
(227koz)
R663,635/kg
(US$1,260/oz)
7,000
(225koz)
R610,000/kg
(US$1,394/oz)
6,907kg
(222koz)
R585,482/kg
(US$1,259/oz)
1 Original guidance revised to take account of Covid-19 lockdown
of 7,000kg (225koz). Had it not been
for disruptions relating to Covid-19,
South Deep would have exceeded
its original production guidance of
8,000kg (257koz). It is estimated that
South Deep lost approximately 32koz
due to Covid-19-related stoppages
in 2020, which was partially offset
by 10 additional production days as
a result of the change in production
calendar.
AISC increased by 11% to R651,514/
kg (US$1,237/oz) in 2020 from
R585,482/kg (US$1,259/oz) the
previous year, while AIC increased
by 13% to R663,635/kg (US$1,260/
oz) from R585,482/kg (US$1,259/
oz) due to higher cost of sales before
amortisation and depreciation, as well
as higher capex, which was partially
offset by higher gold sold.
Encouragingly, South Deep generated
net cash-flow of R558m (US$34m) in
2020, more than double the R221m
(US$15m) recorded in 2019.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 9,000kg (289koz)
• Destress: 48,370m2
• Development: 9,067m
• Capex: R1,234m (US$79m),
of which R889m (US$57m) is
sustaining capex and R345m
(US$22m) is growth capex
• AISC: R620,000/kg (US$1,240/oz)
• AIC: R660,000/kg (US$1,320/oz)
2021
Guidance
2020
Actual
2020
Guidance
130koz
24.7kt
220koz
119koz
24.9kt
207koz
158koz
27.5kt
275koz
2019
Actual
156koz
31kt
293koz
US$1,060/oz
US$715/oz
US$575/oz
US$472/oz
US$1,190/oz US$1,119/oz
US$830/oz
US$810/oz
Consequently, total AIC on a gold-
equivalent basis increased by 38%
to US$1,119/oz from US$810/oz in
2019. This increase was primarily due
to the lower equivalent ounces sold
and additional Covid-19 related
expenditure, partially offset by lower
cost of sales before amortisation
and depreciation and lower capital
expenditure.
Despite the Covid-19 challenges, the
region reported net cash-inflow of
US$84m during 2020, in line with the
US$86m generated in 2019.
2021 guidance:
• Gold only production: 130koz
• Copper production: 24.7kt
• Gold-equivalent production: 220koz
• Capex: US$58m
• AISC (Au-eq): US$1,030/oz
• AIC (Au-eq): US$1,190/oz
• AISC: US$780/oz
• AIC: US$1,060/oz
Details of the construction progress
of our Salares Norte project are on
p62.
After a good start to 2020, South
Deep was placed on care and
maintenance for the first four weeks
of Q2 2020 in compliance with
government-imposed Covid-19
restrictions. South Deep operated
well below its full labour complement
for the remainder of Q2 2020. Our
workforce gradually ramped up to its
full complement during Q3 2020 and
early Q4 2020. As such, most of the
impact of Covid-19 was felt during
H1 2020, with the mine recovering
well in H2 2020.
Gold production increased by 2%
to 7,056kg (227koz) from 6,907kg
(222koz) in 2019, which was
marginally ahead of revised guidance
AMERICAS REGION
Production overview
Gold-only production
Copper production
Gold-equivalent production
AIC
AIC eq-oz
From a production perspective, our
Cerro Corona mine in Peru was
the most impacted by Covid-19
across the Group. Gold-equivalent
production decreased by 29% to
207koz in 2020 from 293koz in
2019, due to lower copper grades
processed, together with a lower
price factor. The price factor was
3.5 in 2020 compared with 4.4 in
2019. It is estimated that Cerro
Corona lost approximately 46koz
due to Covid-19-related stoppages
and 22koz due to the lower price
factor, partially offset by 10 additional
production days as a result of the
change in the production calendar
in 2020.
70
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
AUSTRALIA REGION
2021 Guidance
2020 Actual
2020 Guidance
2019 Actual
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
St Ives
360koz
Agnew
240koz
Granny Smith
265koz
Gruyere (50%)
140koz
Region
1,005koz
A$1,410/oz
(US$1,060/oz)
A$1,625/oz
(US$1,220/oz)
A$1,600/oz
(US$1,200/oz)
A$1,330/oz
(US$1,000/oz)
A$1,500/oz
(US$1,125/oz)
385koz
233koz
270koz
129koz
1,017koz
A$1,266/oz
(US$873/oz)
A$1,528/oz
(US$1,053/oz)
A$1,465/oz
(US$1,010/oz)
A$1,350/oz
(US$931/oz)
A$1,388/oz
(US$957)
360koz
225koz
265koz
135koz
985koz
A$1,320/oz
(US$910/oz)
A$1,440/oz
(US$995/oz)
A$1,415/oz
(US$975/oz)
A$1,150/oz
(US$795/oz)
A$1,350/oz
(US$932/oz)
371koz
219koz
275koz
A$1,385/oz
(US$963/oz)
A$1,656/oz
(US$1,152/oz)
A$1,325/oz
(US$922)
50koz
A$4,170/oz
(US$2,900/oz)
914koz
A$1,418/oz
(US$986/oz)
Gold Fields’ Australian operations
delivered another strong operational
performance in 2020, surpassing the
1Moz annual production level for the
first time since 2015. Gold production
increased by 11% to 1,017koz in
2020 from 914koz in 2019, with
Gruyere contributing for the full year
in 2020. AIC decreased by 2% to
A$1,388/oz (US$957/oz) in 2020 from
A$1,418/oz (US$986/oz) in 2019, but
was slightly higher than guidance of
A$1,350/oz (US$932/oz).
Capex decreased by 30% to A$319m
(US$220m) in 2020 from A$458m
(US$319m) in 2019, due to reduced
spending on Gruyere, a decrease
in development at the Invincible
and Hamlet North underground
operations at St Ives, and the high
level of expenditure on the new
accommodation village at Agnew
in 2019. Capex includes near-mine
exploration expenditure of A$72m
(US$50m), lower than the A$84m
(US$58m) spent in 2019.
The Australia region reported net
cash-inflow of A$723m (US$498m)
in 2020 compared with A$199m
(US$139m) in 2019.
MINE PERFORMANCES
At St Ives, Invincible Underground,
Hamlet Underground and the
Neptune open pit are now the main
sources of ore. Production increased
by 4% to 385koz in 2020 from
371koz in 2019, 7% above guidance
of 360koz. AIC decreased by 9%
to A$1,266/oz (US$873/oz) in 2020
from A$1,385/oz (US$963/oz) in
2019, mainly due to lower capex
and increased gold sold, partially
offset by higher cost of sales before
amortisation and depreciation and
higher royalty tax.
Capex decreased by 25% to A$107m
(US$74m) in 2020 from A$141m
(US$98m) in 2019 due to reduced
development of the Invincible South
and Hamlet North underground mines
during 2020.
St Ives generated net cash-flow of
A$383m (US$264m) (pre-tax) for
the year.
A review of the mine’s brownfields
exploration activity in 2020 is on p64.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 360koz
• Capex: A$129m (US$97m), of
which A$110m (US$83m) is
sustaining capex and A$19m
(US$14m) non-sustaining capex
• AISC: A$1,360/oz (US$1,020/oz)
• AIC: A$1,410/oz (US$1,060/oz)
At Agnew, gold production increased
by 6% to 233koz in 2020 from
219koz in 2019 – 4% higher than
guidance of 225koz. AIC decreased
by 9% to A$1,528/oz (US$1,053/oz)
in 2020 from A$1,656/oz (US$1,152/
oz) in 2019 due to lower capex and
increased gold sold, partially offset
by increased cost of sales before
amortisation and depreciation and
higher royalty tax.
Capex decreased by 31% to
A$75m (US$52m) in 2020 (2019:
A$109m (US$76m)) driven by a 79%
decrease in non-sustaining capex
to A$12m (US$9m) in 2020 from
A$58m (US$41m) in 2019. Additional
capex of A$32m (US$22m) was
incurred in 2019 to establish the new
accommodation village, together with
A$5m (US$3m) on the development
of the Waroonga North decline.
In addition, spending on exploration
drilling reduced by A$6m (US$4m)
from 2019.
We concluded the second stage of
the electricity supply project, with EDL
commissioning the 13MW battery
plant in March 2020 and the 18MW
wind farm in May 2020. More than
50% of Agnew’s energy needs are
now generated from renewable and
low-carbon sources. The microgrid
consists of a 23MW power station
which integrates solar with gas,
diesel generation, a new battery plant
and the wind farm. It is owned and
operated by EDL, who will recoup its
investment via an electricity supply
agreement with Agnew.
Agnew generated net cash-flow of
A$192m (US$132m) (pre-tax) in 2020
compared with A$16m (US$11m)
in 2019.
A review of the mine’s brownfields
exploration activity in 2020 is on p64.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 240koz
• Capex: A$113m (US$85m),
of which A$72m (US$54m) is
sustaining capex and A$41m
(US$31m) non-sustaining capex
• AISC: A$1,450/oz (US$1,090/oz)
• AIC: A$1,625/oz (US$1,220/oz)
71
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
PROFITABLE PRODUCTION AND SUSTAINABLE CASH-FLOW
CONTINUED
At Granny Smith, production
decreased by 2% to 270koz in 2020
from 275koz in 2019, but was 2%
ahead of guidance for the year of
265koz.
AIC increased by 11% to A$1,465/
oz (US$1,010/oz) in 2020 from
A$1,325/oz (US$922/oz) in 2019.
With the mining of deeper ore zones,
we incurred additional cost relating
to paste fill, support and hauling.
Furthermore, we incurred additional
contractor labour costs, as well as
employee flight and accommodation
costs, during 2020 due to Covid-19-
related restrictions. Royalty tax was
also higher than 2019 as a result of
the higher gold price received.
Capex decreased by 7% to A$96m
(US$66m) in 2020 from A$104m
(US$72m) in 2019 due to decreased
exploration drilling costs during
the year. The mine generated net
cash-flow of A$224m (US$155m)
(pre-tax) in 2020 compared with
A$134m (US$93m) in 2019.
WEST AFRICA REGION
A review of the mine’s brownfields
exploration activity in 2019 is on p65.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 265koz
• Capex: A$147m (US$110m),
of which A$116m (US$87m) is
sustaining capex and A$31m
(US$23m) non-sustaining capex
• AISC: A$1,475/oz (US$1,110/oz)
• AIC: A$1,600/oz (US$1,200/oz)
At Gruyere, gold production
increased by 161% to 258koz in
2020, the mine’s first full year of
production, from 99koz in 2019.
Gruyere commenced production
in June 2019 and achieved
commercial production at the end
of September 2019.
AIC decreased by 68% to A$1,350/
oz (US$931/oz) in 2020 from
A$4,170/oz (US$2,900/oz) in 2019.
AIC for 2019 included construction
capital up to the point of commercial
production.
Capex (on a 50% basis) decreased
by 61% to A$41m (US$28m) in 2020
from A$104m (US$72m) in 2019. The
2019 capex was primarily incurred to
complete the Gruyere construction
project and stripping activities at the
Gruyere pit.
Gruyere generated net cash-flow
(on a 50%-basis) of A$110m
(US$76m) (pre-tax) in 2020 compared
with a cash-outflow of A$80m
(US$55m) in 2019.
2021 guidance (50% basis):
• Gold production: 280koz
(100% basis)
• Capex: A$57m (US$43m), of which
A$54m (US$41m) is sustaining
capex and A$3m (US$2m) non-
sustaining capex
• AISC: A$1,310/oz (US$985/oz)
• AIC: A$1,330/oz (US$1,000/oz)
2021 Guidance
2020 Actual
2020 Guidance
2019 Actual
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Prod
AIC
Tarkwa
Damang
Asanko¹
Region
510koz US$1,075/oz
526koz US$1,017/oz
510koz
US$970/oz
519koz
US$958/oz
275koz
US$790/oz
223koz US$1,035/oz
215koz US$1,030/oz
208koz US$1,147/oz
106koz US$1,400/oz
112koz US$1,316/oz
115koz US$1,130/oz
113koz US$1,214/oz
891koz US$1,025/oz
862koz US$1,060/oz
840koz US$1,006/oz
840koz US$1,039/oz
¹ 45% stake, equity-accounted
The Ghanaian region is the second
biggest producer in the Gold
Fields portfolio. Gold Fields has a
shareholding of 90% in both Tarkwa
and Damang, with the Ghanaian
government holding the remaining
10%. We hold a 45% stake in
Asanko, with our JV partner Galiano
Gold, which manages the project,
holding 45% and the Ghanaian
government the remaining 10%.
Total gold production for the region
increased by 3% to 862koz in 2020,
being 3% higher than guidance of
840koz. The increase in output was
driven by the continued build-up in
production at Damang, with the mine
having a much-improved H2 2020 as
it moved into the heart of the main
72
ore body. Total attributable production
increased to 787koz in 2020 from
768koz in 2019.
Capex decreased to US$167m in
2020 from US$202m in 2019, mainly
due to lower expenditure on capital
waste stripping at Damang. AIC for
the region was US$1,060/oz in 2020,
2% higher than the US$1,039/oz
reported in 2019.
The region reported a material
increase in net cash-flow in 2020 to
US$252m (2019: US$174m). Gold
Fields received US$38m on the
redemption of preference shares from
Asanko in 2020, which would have
increased the total cash-flow for the
region to US$290m.
MINE PERFORMANCES
Tarkwa’s production increased by
1% to 526koz in 2020 (2019: 519koz)
and was slightly ahead of guidance of
510koz.
AISC and AIC increased by 6% to
US$1,017/oz in 2020 from US$958/
oz in 2019, and were slightly higher
than guidance of US$970/oz. The
increase in costs was driven by
increased royalties on the back of the
higher gold price received, together
with increased capex.
Tarkwa generated net cash-inflow of
US$186m during 2020.
A review of the mine’s brownfields
exploration activity in 2020 is on p65.
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
MODERNISATION AT GOLD FIELDS
Gold companies with maturing mines
face rising costs, dropping grades
and remote ore bodies. One way
of addressing these challenges is
through modernisation, which can
deliver a safer working environment,
improve efficiencies and production,
reduce costs and limit their
environmental impact. Ultimately, the
ideal end state is a decarbonised, fully
electric, sustainable mine, embracing
innovative technology and providing
a safe working environment for all.
Gold Fields modernisation plan
stretches across three horizons:
• Horizon 1 (H1) – The foundational
phase to visualise the operations
through real time data, and using
these business insights to plan the
approach for Horizon 2
• Horizon 2 (H2) – The transformational
phase to integrate and optimise
processes and systems over a three
to seven-year period
• Horizon 3 (H3) – The Gold Fields
Mine of the Future, delivering the
future state of Gold Fields
Significant progress has been made
in H1, with some operations already
having transitioned to H2. Some of
the modernisation initiatives deployed
include:
• Major advancements in digital
infrastructure at our mines. This is
key as it provides the backbone
required to run the technology for
other modernisation programmes
• 3D visualisation to measure key
aspects of the production value
stream
• Improved two-way communication
underground, which enhances safety
and improves health response times
• Mobile devices that provide real-time
information to inform better business
decisions
• Open-pit drone technology
to monitor blast locations
• Remote controlled equipment,
which allows operators to work
safely away from active mining areas
• Wind and solar power that have
already helped to reduce energy
costs and our environmental impact
In working with our peers in the ICMM,
we have also developed a Cleaner,
Safer, Vehicles (CSV) roadmap for
underground and open pit operations,
each with context-specific projects
within the three horizons. The
introduction of CSVs will mean step
changes for the safety and health of
our workforce and the environmental
impacts our operations have.
Modernisation extends beyond
technology, however. Perhaps most
importantly it will mean introducing
a diversity of new skills, specialists
and technical role to our Company,
reskilling and upskilling people to
adapt in an agile environment and
improving performance management
systems. Central to our people-focused
modernisation plan is the development
of a culture of diversity and agility to
ready us for the new world of work.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 510koz
• Capex: US$174m
• AISC/AIC: US$1,075/oz
Damang produced 223koz in 2020,
which is 7% higher than the 208koz
produced in 2019 and 4% above
guidance of 215koz. Damang had
a year of two halves as the mine
continued to transition through the
Huni sandstone lithology during H1
2020, which exhibited more variable
grades than anticipated. H2 2020
was much stronger as mining moved
into the higher grade Tarkwa phyllites
in the base of the pit.
AISC increased by 25% to
US$1,008/oz in 2020 from
US$809/oz in 2019 due to higher
cost of sales before amortisation
and depreciation, as well as higher
royalties on the back of the elevated
gold price.
AIC decreased by 10% to
US$1,035/oz in 2020 from
US$1,147/oz in 2019 due to higher
gold sold and lower non-sustaining
capex, which decreased by 91% to
US$6m in 2020 (2019: US$71m).
Damang recorded net cash-inflow
of US$66m in 2020 compared with
US$24m in 2019.
A review of the mine’s brownfields
exploration activity in 2020 is on p65.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 275koz
• Capex: US$23m (sustaining capital:
US$13m; project capital: US$10m)
• AISC: US$730/oz
• AIC: US$790/oz
Asanko produced 250koz in 2020,
of which 113koz was attributable to
Gold Fields, which is in line with 2019.
AISC remained flat at US$1,114/oz in
2020 (2019: US$1,112/oz), while AIC
increased 8% to US$1,316/oz in 2020
from US$1,214/oz in 2019.
2021 guidance:
• Gold production: 235koz
• AISC: US$1,235/oz
• AIC: US$1,400/oz
Mapping out underground automation at Granny Smith, Australia.
73
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND SOUND
BALANCE SHEET MANAGEMENT
OVERVIEW
The gold room at Gruyere
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Improve total shareholder return (TSR) through increased share price and dividend payouts
• Reduce debt to improve TSR, reduce risk and create financial flexibility
• Increase FCF per ounce at a set gold price
• Improve rate of return on capital invested
• Improve our process as it relates to allocating and managing capital
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
Risk
2
6
Gold/foreign exchange
Gold price and currency exchange rate volatility
Mining costs
Rising mining costs, including those relating to ESG
RELATED SDG
Industrial
innovation and
infrastructure
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of the
significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• Priority for capital allocation is given to debt reduction and shareholder payments before considering capital investments in
our operations
• The finite nature of our mines requires consistent investment into the portfolio
• Even if gold prices are at high levels, hedging is only considered during periods of significant expenditure or servicing high
debt levels
74
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
Given the cyclical nature of the
gold industry, along with the lack of
control we have over key revenue
and cost drivers – such as the gold
price, currencies and the oil price –
Gold Fields has adopted a prudent
approach to managing its balance
sheet. Historically our target level for
the net debt:EBITDA ratio has been
around 1x. However, we have been
opportunistically reducing our debt
given the higher gold price of late and
could well be at or close to net zero
within 18 months.
Gold Fields’ business strategy focuses
on growing margin and FCF through
the cycle, with our overriding aim of
generating a FCF margin of at least
15% at a gold price of US$1,300/oz.
In 2020, Gold Fields generated a FCF
margin of 28% at an average gold
price of US$1,771/oz, compared with
21% in 2019 and an average gold
price of US$1,399/oz, and 16% in
2018 with an average gold price of
US$1,266/oz. When converted to a
price of US$1,300/oz, our FCF margin
in 2020 would have been 27%.
However, given the finite nature of our
assets, reinvestment into the portfolio
is essential and the business has had
to endure periods of increased capex.
This was the case from 2017 to 2019,
when the Group spent approximately
US$1bn on building two new mines
(Gruyere and Damang), buying into
two new JVs (Gruyere and Asanko),
and continuing to advance the
Salares Norte project in Chile. Despite
this increased capex, relatively strong
gold prices enabled us to limit the
increase in the Group’s net debt and
ensure that we meet our target FCF
margin. The 2021 financial year will
again see a significant investment
into the Group’s portfolio by
developing the Salares Norte project
in Chile, which will cost US$860m to
construct.
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Despite the impact of the Covid-19
pandemic on our operations, the
significant increase in the gold price
provided a welcome tailwind to Gold
Fields’ financial results in 2020. The
average gold price received increased
across all relevant currencies during
2020, with the US Dollar gold price up
by 27% to US$1,768/oz, (taking into
account the realised revenue hedge
losses, the actual realised gold price
was US$1,581/oz), the Australian
Dollar gold price up by 27% to
A$2,551/oz, and the average Rand
gold price up by 41% to R928,707/
kg. With production levels stable,
the higher gold price resulted in a
31% increase in Group revenue to
US$3.89bn in 2020 from US$2.97bn
in 2019.
During 2020, the Group decided
to align the production month-end
with the calendar month-end, which
resulted in a once-off additional
10 production days in H1 2020. These
added production days resulted in
an extra 45koz in output, which was
offset by lost production from Covid-
19-related stoppages of c.78koz
(32koz at South Deep and 46koz
at Cerro Corona) during the year.
Cost of sales before amortisation
and depreciation increased by 5% to
US$1.49bn in 2020, while AIC and
AISC were slightly above 2019 levels
and in line with revised guidance. AIC
of US$1,079/oz was marginally higher
than the US$1,064/oz recorded
in 2019, with US$12/oz relating to
specific Covid-19-related costs and
US$12/oz to higher royalties on the
back of the increased gold price.
AISC came in at US$977/oz in 2020
compared with US$897/oz in 2019,
and was within the revised guidance
range of US$960/oz – US$980/oz.
Other salient features during 2020
included the following:
• Royalty expenses increased
by 42% to US$105m
• The Group’s taxation charge
increased to US$433m from
US$176m in 2019, with normal
taxation increasing to US$367m
(2019: US$191m) in line with the
higher profit before tax
• Total capex of US$584m was
slightly lower than the US$613m
spent during 2019
• Losses from financial instruments
amounted to US$239m (2019:
US$238m), largely due to losses
on our gold hedges
Taking the above into account,
earnings for 2020 totalled US$723m
compared with US$162m in 2019,
while normalised earnings more
than doubled to US$879m (2019:
US$343m).
We provide a detailed analysis of
our financial performance in the
management’s discussion and
analysis of the Group’s Annual
Financial Statements on p55 – 128
of the 2020 AFR. The consolidated
income statement, statement of
financial position and cash-flow
statement – extracted from the 2020
AFR – can be found on p78 – 80.
CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND
MANAGING DEBT
Gold Fields’ capital allocation priorities
during 2020 were to pay down a
significant portion of debt while
continuing to invest the necessary
sustaining capex into our asset base
and honouring our Dividend Policy.
At the beginning of the year, we
set a target of paying down up to
US$400m of the Company’s debt
and reducing our net debt:EBITDA
ratio to below 1.0x by the end of
December 2020. We met this target,
with the Group reducing its net debt
by US$595m to US$1,069m and
achieving a net debt:EBITDA ratio
of 0.56x (under the new IFRS 16
definition). This compares with
net debt of US$1,664m and a net
debt:EBITDA ratio of 1.29x as at
31 December 2019. Excluding lease
liabilities, core net debt amounted to
US$640m at the end of 2020.
Throughout the cycle, Gold Fields
has maintained the capex levels
we believe are essential to ensure
the longevity of our portfolio. Group
capex amounted to US$584m in
2020 compared with US$613m in
2019, comprising sustaining capex
of US$409m (2019: US$323m) and
growth capex of US$175m (2019:
US$290m).
Looking ahead, our 2021 capital
allocation priorities will again be
informed by our strategy to improve
the quality of our asset base and
extend the life-of-mine of our
portfolio while balancing returns
to shareholders. As such, we will
allocate the FCF we generate to:
• Paying down more debt and
strengthening the balance sheet:
Although the Group significantly
decreased its net debt and net
debt:EBITDA ratio during 2020,
75
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND SOUND BALANCE SHEET
MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
management believes that
decreasing our debt levels even
further would be favourable to
the Group
• Funding the Salares Norte project:
Construction of Salares Norte
began in earnest in December
2020, with US$508m budgeted
for the project for 2021. Based
on our internal planning prices,
management believes that we will
likely be able to fund a large portion
of this capital from cash generated
by our operations
• Returning dividends to
shareholders: Gold Fields has a
long and well-established policy
of paying out between 25% and
35% of normalised earnings to
shareholders as dividends. During
2020, Gold Fields declared a total
dividend of R4.80/share, which
translates to 30% of normalised
earnings for the year – in line with
the average pay-out over the
past 10 years. We will continue to
honour this policy in 2021
We budgeted total capital of
US$1,177m for 2021, comprising
sustaining capital of US$538m and
growth capital of US$639m. The
vast portion of the growth capital
will be spent at Salares Norte, with
US$508m in project capital budgeted
for what is set to be its peak capital
year. In 2020, we spent US$112m
of the total capital allocation of
US$860m for Salares Norte.
Other specific projects include the
development of a second decline at
the Wallaby Underground mine at
Granny Smith, plant modifications
and increased development at Agnew
to enhance the longer-term outlook
and, finally, increased new mine
development at South Deep.
DEBT PROFILE
Over the past two years, Gold Fields
undertook various transactions to
improve the liquidity and maturity
profile of the Group’s debt.
During 2020, we focused on
repaying and renewing our US Dollar,
Australian Dollar and Rand debt.
In H1 2020, we renewed our two
R500m (US$34m) revolving credit
facilities (RCF) with improved interest
rates and three-year maturities.
In October 2020, Gold Fields repaid
the outstanding US$600m of the
2020 bond from a combination of
cash resources and by drawing
on our US Dollar debt facilities.
In addition, we renewed our
Australian Dollar facility during Q4
2020 and extended its maturity from
December 2021 to December 2023.
As a result, the first sizeable maturity
for the Group is now in December
2023.
In July 2020, Gold Fields exercised a
one-year extension for the US$1.2bn
bank syndicated RCFs. Of the
US$600m three-year RCF, which
terminates in July 2022, US$485m
has been extended to July 2023.
Of the US$600m five-year RCF, which
terminates in July 2024, US$485m
has been extended to July 2025.
Wind turbines at Agnew, Australia
76
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
options on 1Moz of our Australian
production at an average strike
price of A$2,190/oz. In addition, we
implemented a currency hedge on
the Chilean Peso, as roughly two-
thirds of the costs relating to the
Salares Norte project are in the local
currency. Finally, we hedged 24kt of
copper using zero cost collars with
a floor of US$6,525/Mt and a cap of
US$7,382/Mt. For full details of our
hedges, see the table below:
HEDGING
Given the cyclical nature of our
business, along with the volatility
of the gold price, Gold Fields has
implemented an active hedging
programme over the past four years.
We do not enter into long-term
systematic hedges but rather regularly
evaluate the Company’s position and
outlook to determine whether short-
term hedging is appropriate. Our
policy allows for hedging to protect
cash-flows:
• During times of significant
expenditure
• For specific debt servicing
requirements
• To safeguard the viability of higher-
cost operations
TABLE OF HEDGES
The hedges that were in place
from 2017 to 2019 protected our
cash-flows while capex levels
were elevated during the Group’s
reinvestment programme. During
2020, the purpose of our hedge
book was to service our debt and,
ultimately, enable management to
achieve its debt reduction target.
With the balance sheet in a much
stronger position, management does
not intend to put in place any more
hedges that exclude our shareholders
from the upside to the gold price.
However, given the sizeable capital
budget for the Salares Norte project,
the Group purchased downside
protection for 2021 in the form of put
2020
Hedge
Country
Quantity hedged
Hedging instrument and price
Hedge term
Gold hedge Australia
210koz (21% of guidance) Swaps; Ave strike price of A$1,957/oz
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
Australia
270koz (27% of guidance) Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of A$1,933/oz,
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
Ave cap price of A$2,014/oz
Ghana
175koz (21% of guidance) Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of US$1,364/oz,
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
Ave cap price of US$1,449/oz
Ghana
Ghana
100koz (12% of guidance) Swaps; Ave strike price of US$1,382/oz
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
100koz (12% of guidance) Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of US$1,400/oz,
Ave cap price of US$1,557/oz
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
South Africa 100koz (39% of guidance) Swaps; Ave strike price of R681,400/kg
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
South Africa 100koz (39% of guidance) Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of R660,000/kg,
Ave cap price of R727,000/kg
Oil hedge
Ghana
123Mℓ (50% of annual
diesel consumption)
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price
US$59.20/bbl
Australia
75Mℓ (50% of annual
diesel consumption)
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price
US$57.40/bbl
Jan 2020 – Dec 2020
Jan 2020 – Dec 2022
Jan 2020 – Dec 2022
Hedge
Country
Quantity hedged
Hedging instrument and price
Hedge term
2021
Gold hedge Australia
1,000koz (100% of
guidance)
Put options; Ave strike price of A$2,190/oz
Jan 2021 – Dec 2021
Peru
24kt (97% of guidance)
Zero-cost collars; Ave floor price of US$6,525/
Mt; Ave cap price of US$7,382/Mt
Jan 2021 – Dec 2021
Chile
US$546m
Exchange rate of 836.45 CLP per US$
Copper
hedge
Chilean
peso hedge
Oil hedge
Ghana
123Mℓ (50% of annual
diesel consumption)
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price
US$75.80/bbl
July 2020 – Dec 2022
Jan 2020 – Dec 2022
Australia
75Mℓ (50% of annual
diesel consumption)
Swaps; Equivalent Brent crude swap price
US$74.00/bbl
Jan 2020 – Dec 2022
77
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2020
Figures in millions unless otherwise stated
2020
2019
2018
United States Dollar
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Revenue
Cost of sales
Investment income
Finance expense
(Loss)/gain on financial instruments
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Other costs, net
Share-based payments
Long-term incentive plan
Exploration expense
Share of results of equity accounted investees, net of taxation
Profit on disposal of Maverix Metals Incorporated
Restructuring costs
Silicosis settlement costs
Gain on acquisition of Asanko
Impairment, net of reversal of impairment of investments
and assets
Tarkwa expected credit loss
(Loss)/profit on disposal of assets
Profit/(loss) before royalties and taxation
Royalties
Profit/(loss) before taxation
Mining and income taxation
Profit/(loss) for the year
Profit/(loss) attributable to:
– Owners of the parent
– Non-controlling interests
Earnings/(loss) per share attributable to owners
of the parent:
Basic earnings/(loss) per share – cents
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share – cents
3,892.1
(2,150.4)
8.7
(126.7)
(238.9)
8.6
(11.5)
(14.5)
(51.3)
(49.7)
(2.6)
–
(2.0)
(0.3)
–
50.6
(29.0)
(0.2)
1,282.9
(105.0)
1,177.9
(432.5)
745.4
723.0
22.4
745.4
82
81
2,967.1
(2,033.5)
7.3
(102.2)
(238.0)
(5.2)
(67.6)
(20.5)
(9.1)
(84.4)
3.1
14.6
(0.6)
1.6
–
(9.8)
–
1.2
424.0
(73.7)
350.3
(175.6)
174.7
161.6
13.1
174.7
20
19
2,577.8
(2,043.0)
7.8
(88.0)
21.0
6.4
(44.8)
(37.5)
(1.1)
(104.2)
(13.1)
–
(113.9)
4.5
51.8
(520.3)
–
(51.6)
(348.2)
(62.5)
(410.7)
65.9
(344.8)
(348.2)
3.4
(344.8)
(42)
(42)
78
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
Consolidated statement of financial position
for the year ended 31 December 2020
Figures in millions unless otherwise stated
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Equity accounted investees
Investments
Environmental trust funds
Loan advanced – contractor
Non-current derivative financial assets
Deferred taxation
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets held for sale
Total assets
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Stated capital
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Deferred taxation
Borrowings
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Long-term incentive plan
Non-current derivative financial liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities
Royalties payable
Taxation payable
Current portion of borrowings
Current portion of lease liabilities
Current portion of provisions
Current portion of long-term incentive plan
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities
United States Dollar
2020
2019
5,713.0
4,771.2
141.5
233.3
147.9
79.3
68.4
31.4
240.0
1,730.4
521.6
240.1
81.9
886.8
29.4
5,460.2
4,657.1
141.0
172.0
155.1
69.5
–
–
265.5
1,069.9
417.8
136.0
1.1
515.0
31.2
7,472.8
6,561.3
3,664.5
3,871.5
(1,962.6)
1,755.6
163.7
3,828.2
2,728.1
499.9
1,443.4
379.3
364.8
33.4
7.3
916.5
550.6
21.8
17.7
121.3
83.5
64.2
23.6
33.8
2,777.0
3,622.5
(2,035.5)
1,190.0
131.7
2,908.7
2,284.8
433.6
1,160.9
391.1
287.7
11.5
–
1,367.8
466.8
127.6
13.9
24.8
684.9
45.2
4.6
–
3,644.6
7,472.8
3,652.6
6,561.3
79
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
Consolidated statement of cash-flows
for the year ended 31 December 2020
Figures in millions unless otherwise stated
2020
2019
2018
United States Dollar
Cash-flows from operating activities
Cash generated by operations
Interest received
Change in working capital
Cash generated by operating activities
Silicosis payment
Interest paid
Royalties paid
Taxation paid
Net cash from operations
Dividends paid
– Owners of the parent
– Non-controlling interest holders
– South Deep BEE dividend
Cash-flows from investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Capital expenditure – working capital
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of Asanko Gold
Purchase of investments
Redemption of Asanko Preference Shares
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiary
Proceeds on disposal of Maverix
Proceeds on disposal of investments
Loan advanced – contractors
Proceeds on disposal of Arctic Platinum
Contributions to environmental trust funds
Cash-flows from financing activities
Loans raised
Loans repaid
Payment of lease liabilities
Proceeds from the issue of shares
Net cash generated/(utilised)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
1,111.4
1,933.9
7.6
(171.8)
1,769.7
(3.5)
(127.2)
(102.5)
(278.7)
1,257.8
(146.4)
(137.7)
(7.6)
(1.1)
(607.4)
(583.7)
(7.1)
0.7
–
(0.6)
37.5
–
–
22.9
(68.4)
–
(8.7)
(139.8)
689.8
(1,014.2)
(64.4)
249.0
364.2
7.6
515.0
886.8
845.0
1,302.8
6.6
(24.6)
1,284.8
(4.6)
(132.0)
(72.3)
(181.8)
894.1
(49.1)
(45.5)
(2.2)
(1.4)
(446.8)
(612.5)
–
3.7
(20.0)
(6.5)
10.0
6.2
66.8
112.6
–
–
(7.1)
(104.6)
1,538.0
(1,604.3)
(38.3)
–
293.6
1.7
219.7
515.0
568.7
998.0
6.8
(31.9)
972.9
–
(91.0)
(65.5)
(190.7)
625.7
(57.0)
(45.5)
(9.8)
(1.7)
(886.8)
(814.2)
–
78.9
(165.0)
(19.3)
–
–
–
0.5
–
40.0
(7.7)
151.6
690.0
(535.9)
(2.5)
–
(166.5)
(7.6)
393.8
219.7
80
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Eliminate environmental incidents in our business
• Improve reputation with stakeholders
• Improve governance and compliance
Gold Fields-sponsored hatchery near South Deep, South Africa
2025 ESG CHARTER TARGETS
Strategic priority
Strategic intents
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
Risk
Unlocking business,
community and stakeholder
value
Maximise Group host community
employment
(cid:96)
Maximise Group host community
procurement spend
Maximise Group in-country
procurement
RELATED SDGs
Good health
and wellbeing
Industrial
innovation and
infrastructure
Clean water
and sanitation
Sustainable
cities and
communities
Decent work
and economic
growth
1
4
11
17
Covid-19
The impact of Covid-19 on our employees,
communities and business
Resource nationalism
Resource nationalism, regulatory uncertainty and
government imposts
Social licence
Impact on social licence and relationships with host
community
Political risks
Political uncertainty in the areas where we operate
TRADE-OFFS
We continue to balance the needs of our host communities and governments with long-term value creation for all our
stakeholder groups. Below are some of the key decisions taken during the year:
• Increased investment in communities to strengthen and maintain our social licence to operate
• Significant focus on host community employment and procurement comes at the expense of businesses and workers
in other regions of the countries in which we operate
• While our investment in local infrastructure is critical, this must not undermine the role of government in community
development and administration
• Our commitment to respectful relations with Indigenous communities in Australia will require potentially forgoing mining
in culturally sensitive areas
• Government and regulatory imposts and regulations that may impact the sustainability of our operations may require legal
strategies, often in conjunction with our peers
• Gold Fields is fully committed to the implementation of South Africa’s Mining Charter 3, but through the Minerals Council of
South Africa, we are engaging government on elements that are contentious
81
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
COMMUNITIES
Our host communities are one of Gold
Fields’ most important stakeholder
groups – their support underpins our
social licence to operate which, in
turn, impacts our ability to generate
and distribute enduring value. Our
Group Community Policy Statement
sets out our commitment to develop
mutually beneficial relationships
with our host communities through
transparent and constructive
engagements, which are based on
shared respect and trust.
Host communities are defined
as those people living within the
vicinity of our operations who have
been or could be directly affected
by our exploration, construction
or operational activities, and who
have a reasonable expectation of
our duties and obligations as the
mining operator. Each operation
within the Group identifies their host
communities to secure both their legal
mining and social licence to operate.
In total, some 460,000 people live
in 60 communities surrounding our
eight mines.
At Gold Fields, a strong social licence
to operate is embedded in our Group
Societal Acceptance Charter. It is
also a prerequisite for generating
enduring value for stakeholders.
This approach is underpinned by
building strong relationships and trust,
creating and sharing value, measuring
our actions and input, and delivering
against our commitments. In 2020,
our regions successfully implemented
government and community action
plans – thereby ensuring delivery
of the Group and regional Society
Acceptance Charters.
In 2016, in addition to creating in-
country economic impact, we also
started an initiative aimed at creating
benefits for our host communities.
At that point, loss of our social licence
to operate was ranked fifth among
our Group top 10 risks. This risk
dropped from our top 10 risks in
2018, which has remained the case
due to the successful implementation
of our host community procurement,
job creation, socio-economic
development (SED) and environmental
management strategies. Loss of
social licence is still considered a top
mining industry risk.
HOW WE CREATE VALUE FOR OUR COMMUNITIES
As part of our 2020 reporting suite, we
will publish our second Report to
Stakeholders (RtS) during April 2021.
The report outlines, at a high level, the
contributions we make to our key
stakeholders and recent developments
impacting our relationships with them.
When published, our 2020 RtS can be
accessed on our website at https://
www.goldfields.com/2020-annual-
report-suite.php
2020
REPORT TO STAKEHOLDERS
www.goldfi elds.com
For details on our approach to community
relations and stakeholder engagement, as
well as our policies and guidelines, go to
www.goldfields.com/sustainability.php
The diagram below details the three
community-focused levers available
to us:
Host community
procurement creates
community jobs and
supply opportunities
• Support areas where community suppliers can
participate
• Identify community suppliers with ability to
supply the mine
• Provide skills development to close capability
gaps
Host community
employment
maximises local
opportunities
Community
investment drives
integrated
development
• Build skills base in community workforce through
education, bursaries, etc
• Prioritise the community as the first option for hiring staff
• Encourage contractors/suppliers to employ from the
community
• Create non-mining jobs linked to our SED investment
projects or in partnership with suppliers
• Balanced across services (medical, education), enterprise
development and infrastructure
• Matched to capacity and development needs of
communities
• Shared Value projects benefit both communities and
our mines
• Social benefit as a factor in developing closure criteria
PROCUREMENT
EMPLOYMENT
SOCIAL
INVESTMENT
82
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
CREATING SHARED VALUE IN OUR
HOST COMMUNITIES
The outbreak of the Covid-19
pandemic has exacerbated economic
hardships in our host communities,
who now increasingly expect that
our mines will help alleviate their
burdens by providing economic or
other assistance. The circumstances
of this past year have reinforced
our awareness of our communities’
priority needs. We believe that the
greatest socio-economic benefit we
can have on our host communities
is to create value by addressing the
following priority needs:
• Employment, particularly for youth
• Skills and enterprise development
• Infrastructure, such as education,
healthcare, water facilities and
roads
• Environmental rehabilitation
We aim to maximise the positive
socio-economic and environmental
benefits of mining on our host
HOST COMMUNITY VALUE CREATION
communities while avoiding or
minimising the adverse impacts
thereof. Our social investment
initiatives are guided by the principle
of Shared Value, whereby we address
business and social needs to create
value for both communities and our
mines.
Our most important Shared Value
initiative focuses on host community
procurement and job creation, as we
believe this will support the economic
development of communities and
individuals while also meeting the
needs of our business. As a global
mining company, we can make
a positive impact by localising
procurement, creating jobs and
upskilling workers. In addition, by
using community investment spend to
focus on SED, we can further address
regional social needs as identified by
the communities themselves.
Between 2016 and 2020, we
significantly enhanced our
TYPE OF BENEFIT TO HOST COMMUNITIES
understanding of the value created
through our SED investments, host
community employment and host
community procurement programmes
by quantifying the impact thereof.
Over the past five years, we have
created between US$600m –
US$800m in community value every
year. Cumulatively, this amounts to
over US$3.54bn which, we believe,
presents a significant investment in
the economic wellbeing of our host
communities. Based on our analysis,
of the US$2.85bn in value created
during 2020, US$676m, 28% of
the total, remained with our host
communities as shown in the graph
below.
We have incentivised our
management teams with ESG targets
since 2017, including host community
value creation. From 2021 onwards,
a larger portion of incentives will be
allocated to ESG goals.
GOLD FIELDS’ 2020
VALUE DISTRIBUTION
EMPLOYEE WAGES
US$123m
SED INVESTMENT
US$17m
PROCUREMENT SPEND
US$536m
TOTAL VALUE
DISTRIBUTION 2020
US$2.85b
28%
HOST COMMUNITY
VALUE
US$676m
REGIONAL BREAKDOWN
AUSTRALIA
US$230m
PERU
US$31m
SOUTH AFRICA
US$86m
GHANA
US$328m
NUMBER OF
SUPPLIERS AND
JOBS IN HOST
COMMUNITIES
IN 2020:
679
Host community
suppliers
10,073
Host community jobs
in the mine value chain,
comprising:
2,485
Employees
6,267
Contractors
649¹
Suppliers
672
Non-mining jobs
¹ Excluding Peru and Australia
83
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
Host community procurement
Our host community procurement
programme guides us as we support
those areas in our operations’
supply chains where community-
based enterprises can participate.
Host community procurement,
if implemented effectively, holds
benefits for both the communities in
which we operate and for our mines
themselves. This aligns with our focus
on driving Shared Value.
(cid:37)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:191)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:29)
• Builds the capacity of local
companies to take advantage of
mining industry spend
• Provides employment and
enhances the livelihoods of host
communities through increased
incomes
• Enhances the development of small
and medium-scale business nodes
in host communities
• Improves the skills of host
community youths to meet the
current and future skills needs of
our mines
(cid:37)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:191)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:42)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:86)(cid:29)
• Increases supply base and reduces
risks related to supply of critical
inputs
• Reduces inventory and, as such,
the locking up of capital
• Reduces cost and lead time in
procuring inputs
• Develops a pipeline of skilled
personnel in host communities
• Secures and enhances our social
licence to operate
Since 2016, we have actively increased
host community procurement in
Ghana, South Africa and Peru and,
since 2018, in Australia. Our mines
have annual targets that drive our
host community procurement spend.
Our total procurement spend amounted
to US$1.78bn in 2020, of which 96%
was spent by our mines on businesses
based in the countries where we
operate (2019: US$1.74bn/96%).
We spent US$536m, or 29%, on
suppliers and contractors from our
mines’ host communities against a
target of 25% (2019: US$635m/34%).
The decrease in spend was as a result
of Covid-19 and the change in mining
contractor at Damang. Our Salares
Norte project, which was in pre-
contraction during 2020, actively
pursued procurement of goods and
services from its host communities in
line with the approved project plan.
We are committed to further maximising
our impacts going forward.
The table below outlines the progress
made for both in-country and host
community value creation between
2019 and 2020:
LOCAL AND HOST COMMUNITY PROCUREMENT
Local
(in-country)
procurement
2020 (US$m)
Local (in-country)
spend (% of total)
Host
community
procurement
Host community
spend (% of total)
2020
2019
2020 (US$m)
2020
2019
177
813
138
651
1,779
96%
99%
100%
91%
96%
96%
99%
100%
91%
96%
25
179
33
298
536
14%
23%
24%
42%
29%
15%
21%
28%
56%
34%
Country
Peru
Australia
South Africa
Ghana
Group
Community water infrastructure, Cerro Corona, Peru
84
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
Host community employment
We continue to prioritise the
employment of host community
members at our operations, and
encourage our contractors and
suppliers to do the same. This is
supported by education and skills
development projects which build a
local skills base.
In 2020, our operations set targets
to maintain their host community
employment. At the end of the
year, 53% of our workforce, or
8,752 people, were employed
from our host communities (2019:
55%/9,269 people). The decline from
2019 reflects the change in mining
contractors at our Ghanaian mines,
measures that were implemented
to address the impact of Covid-19
at Cerro Corona, and an increase in
Fly-In, Fly-Out (FIFO) workers due to
employee turnover at our Australian
mines.
We seek to maintain the current
levels of host community employment
during 2021 and beyond, as in most
of the countries in which we operate
each job has a significant multiplier
effect. As such these jobs are critical
for the 460,000 residents that live in
our host communities.
In the table below, we set out the
number of national employees and
host community members – including
both employees and contractors
– working in each of Gold Fields’
countries of operation in relation to
our total workforce.
Beyond creating employment
opportunities with our mines or
contractors, or in the wider supply
chain – which can only create a finite
number of jobs – we are also seeking
to create non-mining jobs, particularly
those linked to SED projects. Non-
mining jobs can continue to provide
benefits to host communities beyond
mine closure, thus assisting them with
social transitioning.
In 2019 and 2020, we intensified
our efforts to ensure that our
SED projects – those focusing
on agriculture, infrastructure
development, education and training,
and economic diversification – also
grow and sustain non-mining jobs.
We are starting to see traction in
this initiative and, during the year,
created 672 non-mining jobs for host
community members, with well over
half of them in the agricultural sector
(2019: 504). Due to their inherent
nature, many of our SED projects
do not provide long-term solutions,
however, they do create income and
a measure of skills transfer.
The following projects created
significant and sustainable jobs:
• 421 farming jobs at the Lima rural
agricultural development projects
in the Eastern Cape province of
South Africa, which is home to
about 16% of our workforce
• 16 farming jobs in communities
surrounding our Cerro Corona mine
in Peru
• 33 farming jobs in the Youth in
Organic Horticulture Production
(YouHoP) programme at our
Damang and Tarkwa mines in
Ghana
LOCAL AND HOST COMMUNITY EMPLOYMENT
Country
Peru
Australia
South Africa
Ghana
Group
Local (in-county)
employees –
2020
Host community
workforce1 –
2020
2020
386
1,319
1,873
1,015
4,885
99%
78%
84%
99%
87%
711
536
2,703
4,802
8,752
2020
27%
19%
67%
69%
53%
2019
28%
23%
65%
72%
55%
1 Workforce comprises employees and contractors. Host community employment data excludes our corporate and regional offices, as well as our projects
85
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
SED investments
We invested US$17.2m in SED
projects in our host communities
during 2020 (2019: US$21.5m).
The 22% decline in total SED spend
during 2020 compared with 2019
is due to a delay in implementation
of projects in Australia, Ghana and
Peru because of Covid-19. Our mines
have dedicated SED investment
funds delivered directly or through
our trusts and foundation. Our mines
also partner with host governments,
donors and NGOs.
Some of the significant Shared Value
projects we implemented during the
year include our ongoing investment
in water provision in Hualgayoc
near our Cerro Corona mine. This
investment addresses one of the
key needs of the community and,
since we started operating in the
area in 2006, we have provided the
majority of community households
in Hualgayoc with access to
clean water. During 2020, we also
implemented the first phase of a
three-year reforestation and water
harvesting project together with
the Ministry of Agriculture and the
district municipality. The project will
benefit 16,000 people by increasing
crop production of subsistence
farmers through the construction of
2,000 micro-reservoirs and irrigation
systems.
GROUP SED SPEND
US$m
GROUP SED BY TYPE (2020)
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
4
1
.
6
1
8
1
.
7
1
1
3
.
5
2
5
3
.
1
2
0
2
.
7
1
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:122) Infrastructure
(cid:122) Education and training
(cid:122) Health and wellbeing
(cid:122) Economic diversification
(cid:122) Conservation and
environment
(cid:122) Charitable giving
54%
12%
8%
7%
1%
18%
Providing IT equipment to high school students, Tarkwa, Ghana
86
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
Covid-19 support
Our operations continue to actively
support host communities and
governments in their efforts to control
the Covid-19 pandemic and assist
those that have been impacted
by it. We tailored the support
we provided to each country’s
unique circumstances while also
collaborating with our business
partners and peers. Our support to
communities included:
• Donating to well-managed and
transparent government or industry
response funds
• Donating medical and sanitising
equipment
• Distributing meals to vulnerable
people
• Supporting local government
efforts, such as street sanitisation
• Distributing masks, sanitisers,
education leaflets and videos
• Contributing to radio and television
campaigns to educate, raise
awareness, dispel myths and
prevent stigmatisation and gender-
based violence
COVID-19 SUPPORT TO HOST COMMUNITIES AND GOVERNMENTS
Country
Chile
Peru
Australia
Ghana
South Africa1
Corporate
Group
Government
donation
US$’000
Community
spend
US$’000
Total
US$’000
—
155
—
434
962
130
244
688
195
361
58
—
1,677
1,546
244
839
195
795
1,020
130
3,223
1 Includes US$128,000 spent on communities by our business partners and US$43,500 by the South
Deep Community Trust and the South Deep Education Trust
Measuring our impact and relationships
Our regions regularly conduct
independent assessments to measure
the strength of our relationships with
host communities.
Over the years, we have seen a
positive upward trend in Company-
community relationship at our
operations, as reflected by the
headline findings below. The findings
of the independent assessments of
our community support in Ghana,
which was delayed due to Covid-19,
will be available in H1 2021.
We expanded our independent
measure of our social return on
investment (SROI) and Shared Value
created to identify those investments
that strengthen our social licence
to operate which, in turn, inform
future investment strategies. After a
delay in 2020 due to Covid-19, Peru
will undertake an SROI analysis on
selected projects in 2021 using our
Group methodology.
Region
Peru
Description
South Africa
Ghana
Community acceptance improved from 5% in 2012 to 7%
in 2014, 32% in 2016, and 48% in 2019
Community support increased from 33% in 2015 to 52%
in 2017, 62% in 2019 (three communities measured), and
61% in 2020 (five communities measured)
Strong community support with a relationship index of 73%
at Damang and 78% at Tarkwa in 2015
WORKING WITH INDIGENOUS
COMMUNITIES IN AUSTRALIA
In Australia, we recognise Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander peoples as
the traditional owners of the lands on
which we operate, and acknowledge
and respect their continuing culture.
In considering our strategy for
engaging with Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander peoples, we chose to
partner with Reconciliation Australia
(an independent, not-for-profit
organisation) in 2018 to embark on
its Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP)
programme – a structured framework
whereby organisations can support
the national reconciliation movement
by facilitating the development of
respectful relationships with and
creation of meaningful opportunities
for Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander peoples.
Gold Fields developed its Reflect
RAP in 2019 and formally launched
the programme in early 2020. Our
efforts focused on building and
strengthening relationships, raising
awareness of the RAP process and
the broader reconciliation effort, and
finding opportunities to listen and
learn from the lived experiences and
aspirations of the Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people from
our communities. This has enabled
us to better understand the barriers
to progress in key areas, such as
employment and procurement, and
the options available to effect change.
Moving these strategies forward will
be an important component of our
second (Innovate) RAP, which will be
finalised in 2021.
We continue to work closely with the
Yilka and Sullivan Edwards people,
the determined Native Title holders of
the land on which Gruyere operates.
In terms of our agreement with these
parties, we continue to look for ways
to sustain and grow employment
and business opportunities, as well
as support health, education and
other programmes for the local
Aboriginal community. It is particularly
encouraging to see the Yilka
Aboriginal Ranger programme come
into fruition, and we welcome the
opportunity to support and promote
the group’s conservation and land
management activities.
87
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
As part of this, we obtained
independent advice on best practice
approaches to conducting Aboriginal
cultural heritage surveys, which will
form the basis of a new Regional
Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Standard
in 2021.
We continue to support the building
of capacity and understanding of
Aboriginal cultural heritage at our
operations through cultural awareness
training, which is facilitated by
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
people who share insights and
knowledge of their country – the lands
on which we operate.
We have extensive protocols in place
for the recording, impact assessment
and protection of identified Aboriginal
cultural heritage sites, primarily
through our ground disturbance
permitting process. Where potential
impacts to cultural heritage sites from
mining activities could not be avoided
or mitigated, we have complied
with the Section 18 approvals
prescribed by the legislation prior to
any disturbance. We do not intend
to action any existing approvals, nor
apply for any new approvals at this
stage.
Through the Chamber of Minerals and
Energy (CME), we are participating
in an extensive consultation process
with respect to the reform of current
heritage legislation, with the new
Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act
expected to be implemented later
this year. We agree that the current
legislation requires modernisation
to reflect the expectations of both
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
people, broader society and land
users (including mining companies),
and welcome this long-awaited
reform.
Consistent with our strategy, we
support the current approach
proposed by the Western Australia
government, which seeks to embed
agreement-making on Aboriginal
cultural heritage matters into
the legislation. We will continue
to participate in the review and
consultation process of the
draft legislation and supporting
documents to ensure the legislation
achieves improved outcomes for
all stakeholders in this important
area. We are also currently making
progress in the negotiations with our
Aboriginal stakeholders at several of
our operations to formalise robust
cultural heritage management
protocols.
Chile
While no Indigenous Peoples have
a relationship with our Salares Norte
project site, as confirmed through
the project’s environmental approval
process, we have engaged with
the Colla Indigenous communities
located some 70km from the project
since 2015. We have signed social
development agreements with the
key Colla communities, and we are
holding regular meetings to present
our progress against our project
plan and to identify and address any
concerns from these communities.
Nine sites of cultural significance to
the Colla communities have been
identified near the project access road
– none of which are declared national
monuments. We have a community
relations and heritage conservation
plan in place to protect the identified
sites.
POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS
Our activities have the potential
to adversely impact surrounding
communities. We have policy
statements and guidelines in place
that provide the framework to enable
us to avoid and, where we cannot
avoid, manage the environmental
impact on our host communities.
Grievance mechanisms
It is critical that we have a clear
understanding of any issues raised
by our communities. Community
grievance management is
therefore a key component of the
community relations programme.
All our operations have established
grievance mechanisms in place that
enable us to address and resolve
any grievances that arise from
our activities. These mechanisms
encourage and enable community
members to submit complaints to
us. Our mines are then obligated to
While our relationships at our
other operations in Australia
have traditionally been focused
on Aboriginal cultural heritage
awareness and management,
the RAP broadened the scope of
our engagements and provided
opportunities for participation in
important community events.
We support a range of activities and
programmes that directly benefit our
Aboriginal communities. In Leonora
and Laverton, two communities near
our mines, we are proud to support
the Shooting Stars educational
programme through the Gold Industry
Group of Australian gold miners. This
programme uses sport and other
tools to encourage greater school
engagement among Aboriginal
girls and young women. We also
participate in a local industry group
based in Kalgoorlie, near our St Ives
mine, to support greater economic
development for Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander people and businesses
in the Goldfields region.
INDIGENOUS PEOPLE CULTURAL
HERITAGE PROTECTION
Australia
Stakeholder engagement remains
a key focus area for the Australian
region. An important lesson from the
tragic and irreversible destruction
of ancient caves located at Juukan
Gorge in Western Australia in 2020
is that ongoing and transparent
stakeholder engagement must be
closely aligned with legal approval
and heritage management processes.
In response to the findings from the
Parliamentary Inquiry into the Juukan
Gorge incident, we are reviewing
and updating our engagement plans
and implementation guides to ensure
we continue to cultivate strong
relationships with traditional owners
that support the early resolution of
emerging concerns and priorities.
We are also updating our current
processes for identifying, evaluating,
and communicating risks associated
with Aboriginal cultural heritage to
ensure we embed cultural heritage
risk assessment and management
into our decision-making processes.
88
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
address these grievances within a
specified period. Where necessary,
members from local communities act
as mediators should our teams not be
able to resolve issues raised.
During 2020, our operations dealt
with 139 grievances (2019: 77)
lodged by our communities, of
which 75 were related to jobs and
procurement, along with 52 social and
12 environmental grievances. 80%
of these grievances were resolved
within the agreed timeframes. The
outstanding grievances are at Cerro
Corona and relate mainly to delayed
payments by contractors.
Potential impacts from our
activities
Policies and guidelines
• Water withdrawal from catchment
• Water and soil contamination
or impacts on biodiversity from
environmental incidents such as
leaks or spillages of process water,
sewage effluent, tailings, oil and
fuel, and water discharge
• Dust from tailings facilities, waste
rock dumps, blasting and roads
• Noise and vibrations from blasting
• Water Stewardship Policy, which requires collaboration with stakeholders in our
catchment areas to ensure responsible use of water resources
• Environment Policy, which was updated in 2021 and commits Gold Fields to
zero Level 3 to Level 5 environmental incidents and includes commitments to
responsible environmental stewardship, sustainable use of resources, protection
of biodiversity and ecosystems, and pollution prevention. Our policy also
commits us to effectively manage water and apply strong and transparent water
governance to collaboratively achieve responsible and sustainable water use, and
to engagement and communicate with stakeholders on environmental matters
• Tailings Storage Facility Management Policy, which was updated in 2020 and
commits Gold Fields to implementing the GISTM, which strives to achieve the
ultimate goal of zero harm to people and the environment, with a zero tolerance
for human fatality
• Climate Change Policy, which was updated in 2020 and commits Gold Fields to
collaborating with governments, peers, investors, NGOs and host communities to
develop effective climate change policies
• Water management guideline
• Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Guideline which supports
corrective and preventative management of environmental incidents or potential
environmental incidents
• Biodiversity Guidelines which enables our Environmental Policy commitment to
biodiversity and ecosystems
• Sustainable Development Policy
• Environment Policy, which was updated in 2021 and commits Gold Fields to
managing significant environmental aspects (or risks), legal and regulatory
compliance thus ensuring that dust, noise or blasting vibration are contained
within legal limits where they may occur, and zero Level 3 to Level 5 environmental
incidents. Our policy also commits us to engaging and communicating with
stakeholders on environmental matters
• Tailings Storage Facility Management Policy, which was updated in 2020 and
commits Gold Fields to implementing the GISTM, which strives to achieve the
ultimate goal of zero harm to people and the environment, with a zero tolerance
for human fatality
• Climate Change Policy, which was updated in 2020 and commits Gold Fields to
collaborating with governments, peers, investors, NGOs and host communities to
develop effective climate change policies
• Materials and Supply Chain Stewardship Policy
• Our Integrated Mine Closure Management Guideline ensures that Gold Fields
proactively plans and manages eventual mine closure to pursue zero harm to
the environment and human health and enhances sustainable development. The
guideline requires appropriate engagement with stakeholders to identify, mitigate
or manage significant risks associated with both operations and closures
• Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Guideline, which supports
corrective and preventative management of environmental incidents or potential
environmental incidents
89
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
HUMAN RIGHTS
Gold Fields is committed to upholding
and protecting the human rights
of its stakeholders, particularly our
people and members of our host
communities. We recognise that our
mining activities have the potential
to impact the human rights of these
important stakeholder groups.
Our Human Rights Policy Statement,
which is embedded in our Code of
Conduct, applies to all directors,
employees and third parties, including
suppliers and contractors.
The Code of Conduct can be found on our
website at www.goldfields.com/code-of-
conduct.php
Under the Human Rights Policy
Statement, Gold Fields commits
to, among others:
• Not interfering with or curtailing
others’ enjoyment of their human
rights
• Defending, where possible,
employees and external Gold Fields
stakeholders, such as community
members, against human rights
abuses by third parties
• Taking positive action to facilitate
the entrenchment and enable the
enjoyment of human rights and
protecting the right to human
dignity
• Protecting the right to freedom of
conscience, religion, thought belief
and opinion
• Encouraging diversity and
inclusiveness
• Respecting cultural heritage of
communities surrounding our mines
The Human Rights Policy Statement
is informed by and supports various
international standards. These include
the United Nations (UN) Guiding
Principles on Business and Human
Rights, the conventions of the
International Labour Organisation, the
UN Universal Declaration of Human
Rights, the Voluntary Principles on
Security and Human Rights (VPSHR),
and the ICMM Mining Principles and
Position Statements.
A Human Rights Steering Committee
oversees the work by the various
disciplines and regions, and feedback
is provided to the Board’s Social,
Ethics and Transformation (SET)
Committee on a quarterly basis.
A number of salient human rights
90
issues have been identified by the
Steering Committee. These issues
have particularly the most severe
negative impacts because of the
Company’s activities or business
relationships and are the focus of
work by our operational teams.
In December 2020, we launched our
new e-learning human rights training
to equip all Gold Fields employees
with a sound understanding of
human rights, how these rights affect
our Company and stakeholders,
as well as empower our people to
uphold these rights. Also in 2020,
we developed a human rights due
diligence tool, which formalises
identification and assessment of our
actual and potential human rights
impacts and aligns to our existing
risk management process. Training
and due diligence will be rolled out
during 2021.
Gold Fields recognises that human
rights are at risk from the impacts
of Covid-19 and actively supported
and continues to support its people,
communities and government
during the pandemic. Details of our
programmes and interventions can
be found on p57 and p87.
WORKFORCE
Our Human Rights Policy Statement
commits Gold Fields to protecting
the rights of our workforce and
upholding freedom from child labour,
freedom from forced or compulsory
labour, freedom from discrimination
while recognising the need to affirm
previously disadvantaged groups, and
freedom of association and collective
bargaining.
Internal grievance mechanisms are
in place to ensure employees and
contractors can raise human rights
concerns. Grievances are handled
by the Gold Fields HR function
in consultation with legal teams.
Employees can also raise concerns
via independent counsellors as part of
the Gold Fields Employee Assistance
Programme, and make use of Gold
Fields’ confidential, third-party
whistleblowing hotline. During the
year, two grievances were raised by
employees regarding harassment and
sexual harassment, both of which
were assessed internally, resulting in
one dismissal.
Performance in 2020
• Our Diversity Policy, approved by
the Board in 2017, which outlines
our commitment to equality and
the zero tolerance approach we
take to discrimination. In 2020, we
developed a diversity and inclusion
dashboard that allows tracking of
our diversity progress
• Approved an updated Harassment
Policy
• Code of Conduct training, first
rolled out to all employees in 2017,
was updated and employees
received refresher training, including
on human rights, during 2020
• Undertook training on human
rights at Cerro Corona and Salares
Norte, with weekly talks by an
independent specialist
COMMUNITY
Our host communities are one
of Gold Fields’ most important
stakeholder groups and we seek
to develop mutually beneficial
relationships with them, based on
shared respect and trust. More
than any other stakeholders, our
operations have the potential to
adversely impact the rights, traditions
and cultures of local communities.
As such due diligence on human
rights is critical.
Performance in 2020
• We continued the roll-out of our
revised artisanal small-scale mining
(ASM) strategy at our Ghanaian
operations to sensitise community
members on the negative
consequences of ASM and the
regulatory penalties incurred when
actively supporting illegal mining
• No resettlement was undertaken
at our operations in 2020
• We reviewed our Indigenous
Peoples and cultural heritage
safeguards and risks. This is most
critical in the Australia region.
Details of our strategy and actions
are detailed on p88. In our other
regions, our sites have identified all
sensitive, sacred and other sites of
significance to Indigenous People
(Chile) and host communities
(Ghana, Peru and South Africa) in
proximity to our operations, and
ensured that these sites are subject
to adequate protection measures
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
SUPPLIERS
Our suppliers are required to comply
with the Group Code of Conduct,
the Gold Fields Supplier Code of
Conduct and our Human Rights
Policy Statement as a standard
provision in all third-party contractual
agreements. An external third-party
screening system evaluates new and
existing suppliers and contractors
on a monthly basis for an array of
pre-defined risk categories, including
human rights and related violations
and/or transgressions.
Gold Fields is committed to
responsible materials stewardship.
In this context, we support global
efforts to prevent the use of newly
mined gold to finance conflict. We
have voluntarily adopted the Conflict-
Free Gold Standard of the World
Gold Council (WGC). Although we
withdrew our WGC membership
in 2014, we have and will continue
to apply both the standard and its
guidelines. No infraction was incurred
in 2020.
Further information is available at www.
goldfields.com/sustainability-reporting.php
Performance in 2020
• In response to the 2018
implementation of the Modern
Slavery Act in Australia, Gold
Fields and a number of its formed
the West Australian Modern
Slavery Collaborative, focused on
the promotion of human rights
best practices and elimination of
potential modern slavery practices
in the energy and extractives
sectors. Following the development
of a supplier due diligence
questionnaire focused on modern
slavery risks, the Group is now
focusing on sharing knowledge and
learnings in the areas of supplier
training and the remediation of
identified slavery practices
• Key suppliers to our Australian
mines have been provided with a
toolkit to identify possible human
rights contraventions
• Gold Fields commenced the
drafting of its Modern Slavery
Compliance Statement, which
is due to be published and
registered with the Australia Federal
Government by the end of Q2 2021
SECURITY
Gold Fields’ protection services teams
work with both private and public
security providers for the effective and
responsible protection of our workers
and assets. All private security
contractors receive human rights
training during the induction process,
and at least annually thereafter,
including on the VPSHR. Security is
managed at regional level, because
each region has its own specific
context.
Performance in 2020
• There were 33 illegal mining
incidents at our Ghana operations,
mostly minor in nature, which
were resolved peacefully and
without human rights violations in
accordance with our ASM strategy
• Presentations on the VPSHR were
given to the police detachment and
community consultative committees
at our mines in Ghana
• Implementation of the VPSHR
continued in Ghana, South Africa
and Peru and is in preparation at
our Salares Norte project
GRIEVANCE MECHANISMS
We are committed to addressing
community issues and concerns
timeously and effectively. Therefore,
we rely on an external grievance
reporting system to maintain
confidence and transparent
communication with our stakeholders.
Our grievance mechanism enables
and encourages community members
to freely put forward their complaints,
while obligating our mines to address
the grievances within an agreed
period, before the grievance is
escalated to independent mediation.
During 2020, 139 grievances were
lodged at our operations (2019: 77).
The increase in grievances was
mainly due to restrictions enforced
as a result of governments’ Covid-19
regulations and their impact on
economic incomes of community
members. See p88.
Safety training at South Deep, South Africa
91
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
GOVERNMENT
As the issuers of mining licences,
developers of policy and implementers
of regulations, host governments are
among Gold Fields’ most important
stakeholders. This first and foremost
requires our full adherence to all
relevant legislation, including the
payment of taxes and other levies.
We are committed to working with
governments at national, regional
and local levels to establish sound
and transparent working relationships
that benefit the countries and host
communities. This is particularly
relevant during the Covid-19
pandemic, where our mines and
project have actively assisted
governments in managing and
mitigating the impacts thereof.
Gold Fields does not provide financial
contributions to political parties
and lobby groups unless explicitly
approved by the Board of Directors
in accordance with the Company’s
Code of Conduct. No political
donations were made during 2020.
Gold Fields’ tax strategy is to
proactively manage tax obligations
in a transparent, responsible and
sustainable manner, acknowledging
the differing interests of all our
stakeholders.
Our full tax strategy and policy can be found
at www.goldfields.com/integrated-annual-
reports.php
RESOURCE NATIONALISM
Many governments, particularly
in developing countries, view the
mining industry as an easy target
for higher taxes and other fiscal and
regulatory imposts, especially during
tough economic times. This has
been exacerbated during the current
Covid-19 crisis, as governments have
faced declining tax revenues while
metal prices in general, and gold
in particular, have recorded healthy
gains over the past two years. Gold
Fields, on its own and in conjunction
with its peers, seeks to address
the trust gap that exists between
government and miners in a number
of ways, including the following:
• Consistently creating between
US$2bn and US$3bn in total
annual value for our wide range
of stakeholders, including
governments and communities
92
• Actively promoting host
community value creation through
host community employment,
procurement and investment
• Working with our peers in the
ICMM to promote industry-wide
best practice and demonstrate the
benefits of a responsible and fairly
regulated industry
During 2020, we conducted
independent desktop resource
nationalism assessments in Ghana,
Australia, Peru and Chile, which
provided valuable input on how to
increase trust and confidence among
governments and communities.
The key proposals reinforce many
of the key strategies already being
implemented by our operations,
namely strengthened engagement
with governments at all levels,
community value creation and
improved communication on the
socio-economic benefits of mining.
Our regions are acting on these
recommendations through the
implementation of government action
plans, and are seeking to work with
our mining peers in these countries
on enacting others.
The Covid-19 pandemic has also
served as a catalyst to work more
cooperatively with governments.
With Covid-19 threatening the tax
income of governments, we found
more common ground with them.
In most of the countries where we
operate, governments declared
mining an essential service, allowing
us to continue operating when other
sectors’ activities were curtailed.
At the same time, we and other
mining companies actively supported
governments by providing facilities,
health resources and much-needed
funding. During 2020, our mines
donated well over US$3m in medical
and sanitary equipment and other
goods to host communities and
governments.
AMERICAS REGION
Our engagement in Peru is focused
at local, regional and national
government levels to address
operational, social and sustainability
matters. Over the past two years,
Peru has seen three changes in its
national government. Still, the new
administrations have by and large
been business-friendly and respecting
private sector investment. Our
engagement is largely carried out via
the National Chamber of Mines, Oil
and Energy, especially on regulatory
matters.
The industry enjoys good working
relationships with various ministries.
Traditionally, regional and local-level
officials in the Cajamarca province,
where our Cerro Corona mine is
located, have criticised extractive
companies’ environmental and social
standards and adopted anti-mining
strategies and policies. We are
seeking to build trust between mines
and communities and have entered
into a number of formal agreements
with state entities.
As a result of the Covid-19 pandemic
we have again intensified our
engagement activities in our areas
of influence, which is primarily the
Hualgayoc community but extends
to communities downstream of our
mine, including the Bambamarca
municipality. The extension of Cerro
Corona’s life-of-mine to 2030 will also
require more long-term community
investment programmes and
strategies.
In Chile, most political and social
stakeholders have welcomed
our decision to proceed with the
construction of the Salares Norte
mine in northern Chile. Albeit in a
Covid-19 impacted low investment
environment, Salares Norte was one
of Chile’s largest investment projects
during 2020 and was identified by
the government as a key project for
economic upturn in the Atacama
province.
During 2020, engagement in Chile,
focused on supporting communities,
in coordination with regional and local
governments to scope the economic
and social impact of the pandemic,
and on the implementation of a tight
permitting plan for Salares Norte.
We have been able to obtain all the
permits required for construction of
the mine as planned, and no delays
were registered.
The decision to build the project
was taken in the run-up to the
constitutional referendum in October,
where the large majority of voters
decided to begin the process of
drafting a new constitution, formally
set to commence in April 2021 and
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
lead to new elections later this year.
This is not expected to result in
policies that could potentially disrupt
the construction of the mine.
AUSTRALIA REGION
Our engagements in Australia
are primarily focused at state and
local government levels to address
economic and sustainability matters.
The Labor government in Western
Australia, which increased its majority
after state elections in March 2021,
has pursued broad-ranging legislative
reforms aimed at streamlining
regulation to encourage investment
in the region. A key component
of this agenda is the 2020 reform
of the Environmental Protection
Act 1986. While not representing
wholesale reform, the changes serve
to modernise the Act and make its
regulatory processes more “efficient,
risk-based and flexible”.
The state government also
progressed a comprehensive reform
of workplace safety laws, with the
new Work Health and Safety Act
replacing the existing parallel regimes
for general workplaces and mine
sites. Specific regulations for general
industry, mining and petroleum
will supplement the Act, and are
expected to be passed in late 2021.
We continue to participate in the
consultation process through the
Chamber of Minerals and Energy.
The current framework for the
protection of Aboriginal cultural
heritage in Western Australia has
also been the subject of an extensive
review and public consultation
process over the current term of
the state government, with this
framework subjected to intense
scrutiny during the Parliamentary
Inquiry into the destruction of ancient
caves at Juukan Gorge in 2020. The
new proposed legislation, which
will replace the Aboriginal Heritage
Act in its entirety, is expected
to significantly expand existing
protection for Aboriginal cultural
heritage by introducing a risk-based,
layered approach of due diligence
and approvals for activities that may
harm cultural heritage values, as well
as significantly increasing the range
of offences and penalties for any
breaches. Gold Fields has provided
feedback through its involvement
in the CME. The new legislation is
expected to pass and come into
effect during the course of 2021.
WEST AFRICA REGION
In March 2016, Gold Fields Ghana
entered into a Development
Agreement (DA) with the government
of Ghana for both the Tarkwa and
Damang mines. The highlights of the
agreement, which comes into effect
if we spend US$500m at each of the
two mines – over an 11-year period
for Tarkwa and a nine-year period
for Damang – include a reduction
in the corporate tax rate from 35%
to 32.5% and a sliding scale royalty
tax based on the gold price. The
US$1,760/oz average gold price our
mines received during 2021 attracted
an average royalty of 4.1% in terms of
the formula.
The DA does not apply to Asanko,
in which Gold Fields acquired a
45% stake in 2018. However, this
transaction and our US$340m
investment in Damang illustrate the
confidence we have in Ghana’s fiscal
and regulatory framework.
The DA has cemented our status
as one of the largest contributors to
the country’s fiscus. In 2021, Gold
Fields paid over US$215m in direct
taxes, royalties and dividends to
the government of Ghana (2020:
US$171m). The government holds
a 10% interest in the legal entities
controlling the Tarkwa, Damang and
Asanko mines.
We continue to engage the
government, through the Ghana
Chamber of Mines, on the proposed
requirement to sell a portion of gold
produced in Ghana to a local refinery
for value-addition purposes. The
Chamber has presented government
with a number of options on how
this could be implemented without
financial detriment to local mining
companies. These are being reviewed
by the government.
The national elections held on
7 December 2020 were largely
peaceful and the government under
President Nana Addo Dankwa Akufo-
Addo was returned by a slim majority,
though the outcome has been formally
contested by the opposition party.
The outcome of the election has no
material impact on Gold Fields.
SOUTH AFRICA REGION
From a regulatory perspective,
Gold Fields’ South Deep mine is
guided primarily by the Mineral and
Petroleum Resources Development
Act No 38 of 2002 (MPRDA). One
of the key requirements of the
MPRDA, which Gold Fields supports,
is to facilitate meaningful and
substantial participation of Historically
Disadvantaged South Africans
(HDSAs) in the mining industry.
To provide guidance on this open-
ended requirement, the Mining Charter
provides for a range of empowerment
actions and community investment
programmes with a corollary
timeframe and all mining rights holders
are required to submit an annual
compliance assessment on progress
made against the annual targets in
the Charter. Gold Fields continues to
comply with this process.
The Department of Mineral Resources
and Energy (DMRE) published Mining
Charter 3 (MC3) in September
2018. The Minerals Council South
Africa (MCSA), which represents the
industry, considers most aspects of
the Charter a framework within which
the industry can operate. There are,
however, critical areas over which
Gold Fields and the industry have
concerns, namely that the Charter
does not fully recognise the Black
Economic Empowerment (BEE)
ownership credentials of previous
BEE transactions. This is applicable
to new mining rights applications,
renewals and transfers.
The MCSA continues to engage with
the DMRE to resolve the concerns
around the MC3 and has filed an
application in March 2019 for a
judicial review and setting aside
certain clauses of the Charter. The
judicial proceedings are ongoing.
Gold Fields supports achieving a
solution that is viable to support
economic growth and transformation
while, at the same time, fostering
a sustainable mining industry in
South Africa in which investment is
encouraged and rewarded.
We believe that our current BEE
ownership level of 35% meets the
principles and spirit of the original
Mining Charter, and has created
the framework for the ongoing
transformation of South Deep.
93
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
VALUE CREATION FOR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
Mining Charter Scorecard
All mining rights holders in South
Africa are required to submit an
annual compliance assessment to
the DMRE on progress made against
the annual targets in the Mining
Charter. South Deep’s performance
against the Charter scorecard in 2020
scorecard is displayed on this page.
As part of its obligations under
its mining licence, South Deep
also submits a five-year Social
and Labour Plan (SLP). The
SLP includes projects benefiting
employees and communities that
are impacted by mining, both in host
communities and labour sending
areas. An SLP requires the mining
industry to develop and implement
comprehensive skills and human
resource development, employment
equity plans and facilitated home
ownership as well as mine community
development.
The SLP for the period 2018 to
2022 was submitted to the DMRE
in December 2017 and approved
for implementation in 2019. The
SLP outlines financial commitments
of over R283m (US$20m) over the
five-year period, with the bulk of this –
R258m (US$18m) – being dedicated
to human resource development
programmes, including learnerships,
bursaries and skills development, for
both the workforce and members
of our host communities. Of the
mine community development
commitments, R17m (US$1.2m) is
targeted at our host communities
in Greater Westonaria and R8m
(US$0.6m) at communities in labour-
sending areas, particularly the Eastern
Cape. Nine projects are included in
the approved SLP and seven projects
were active during 2020.
Our housing plan was resubmitted
in Q4 2020 and allows for home
ownership investment decisions
to be driven by employees
themselves. The housing policy
is aimed at facilitating affordable
home ownership and access to
decent accommodation options by
providing for a housing allowance,
a living-out allowance, the provision
of mine owned accommodation
for rental, and financial support for
home ownership. Home ownership
can include purchasing new or
existing homes, upgrading a home or
purchasing houses from South Deep.
Implementation of the new policy
started in Q1 2021.
94
SOUTH DEEP MC3 2020 SCORECARD
Element
Description
Compliance target
Ownership
Representation of HDPs
26%
Inclusive
procurement
Inclusive procurement
Employment equity
Board
Executive management
Senior management
Middle management
Junior management
Employees with disabilities
Core and critical skills
Human resources
development (HRD)2
HRD expenditure as % of total annual leviable
amount (excluding mandatory skills development
levy)
70% of mining goods’ procurement
spend must be on South African
manufactured goods (60% local value =
South African manufactured goods)
80% of service procurement spend must
be sourced from South African-based
companies
Research and development (R&D)
Sample analysis across the mining
value chain
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
% Black persons
% Black women
1.5% of all employees
HDPs represented in core and critical
skills pool
5% leviable amount
Mine community
development (MCD)
Meaningful contribution towards MCD with bias
towards mine communities both in terms of impact,
and in keeping with the principles of the social
licence to operate
100% compliance with approved SLP
MCD commitments
Housing and living
conditions2
Improvement of the standard of housing and living
conditions of mine employees
100% compliance with commitments
per the H&LCS
BEE – Black Economic Empowerment
HDP – Historically Disadvantaged Person
H&LCS = Housing and Living Condition Standard
Yes
Yes
Yes
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
Five-year
implementation
plan requirement
Year (2020) target1
Target
Gold Fields
target
Measure
Meaningful economic participation
Full shareholder rights
Year (2020) progress1
35%
20%
10% (local
content
verification not
required for years
1-3)
70%
80%
31%
5%
The total mining goods procurement budget must be spent on South African manufactured goods produced by the
following categories, per defined percentage:
21% on HDSA-owned and controlled company
5% on women or youth-owned and controlled
company
44% on BEE compliant company
The total services budget must be spent on services supplied by following categories, per defined percentage:
50% by HDPs
15% by women-owned and controlled company
5% by youth-owned and controlled company
10% by BEE compliant company
Minimum of 70% of the total R&D budget to be
spent on South African-based R&D entities
Utilise South African-based facilities or companies
for the analysis of 100% of all mineral samples
48%
47%
16.17%
0%
85%
100%
(R2,437,080)
99.95%
(28,526 samples)
67%
33%
67%
33%
35%
6%
56%
20%
69%
21%
0.5%
76%
In 2020, South Deep spent 4% of its annual payroll on skills
development programmes. This spend related to the provision of
training and development initiatives for employees (permanent and
contractors) and members of the South Deep host communities.
HRD spend was curtailed due to Covid-19.
Yes
South Deep commenced with the following host community projects:
• Provision of land and construction of the Hillshaven Clinic and
refurbishment of the Hillshaven sports complex
• Construction of the Westonaria TVET
• Construction of Zuurbekom Library
• Building and equipping of a science lab at TM Letlhake Secondary
School
Two projects were implemented in the Eastern Cape labour sending
area, namely the construction of a Flagstaff Transport Hub and an
agricultural support project in Lusikisiki. Although the above projects
were impacted by Covid-19, the mine is on track to deliver these
projects by 2022.
South Deep reviewed its home ownership support programme, identifying
opportunities to enhance the performance of the home ownership
scheme, amid increased take-up by employees. Following consultations
with key stakeholders, a comprehensive Housing and Living Conditions
Plan was submitted to the DMRE on 11 December 2020.
67%
33%
67%
33%
41%
12%
58%
21%
66%
17%
0.7%
75%
50%
20%
50%
20%
60%
25%
60%
25%
70%
30%
1.5%
60%
Invest percentage of leviable amount as defined
in the HRD element in proportion to applicable
demographics
N/A
Publish the SLP in two languages (dominant
community language and English)
Implement all approved commitments in the SLP3
1:1 person to
room ratio
Implement all commitments per the H&LCS
Mine to submit
a Housing and
Living Conditions
Plan, in terms
of Section 4 of
the new H&LCS
for the mining
industry.
1 The column records the mining rights holder’s performance against the Mining Charter scorecard targets
2 The element has not been assured externally
3 Only the number of Community Development Commitments and its progress are externally assured
95
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
OVERVIEW
GOLD FIELDS 2021 BSC KPIs
• Improve tailings management
• Improve the security and efficiency of water use
• Increase resilience to climate change
• Optimise energy management
2025 ESG CHARTER TARGETS
Strategic priorities
Strategic intents
Pursuing decarbonisation
and building resilience to
climate change in line with
our commitment to the Paris
Agreement
(cid:96)
Continue pursuing carbon emissions
reductions at all our operations
Increase Group renewable energy
use and include at least 20%
renewables in all new projects
Introduce electric vehicles in our
underground operations
Reduce freshwater use and optimise
Group water recycling and reuse
levels
Full compliance with the 2020
Global Industry Standard on
Tailings Management
(cid:96)
Achieve and maintain compliance
with the GISTM as committed to by
ICMM members
Revegetated tailings dam, Damang, Ghana
ASSOCIATED GROUP RISKS
No
7
8
9
13
20
Risk
Safety
Safety and health of our employees, including
occupational illnesses
Energy
Security of power supply and cost of energy
Climate change
Failure to implement climate change adaptation
measures
Water
Water pollution, security and reduction in freshwater
consumption
Ezulwini and Cooke 3, 2 and 1
Ezulwini and Cooke 3, 2 and 1 rewatering impact on
South Deep
RELATED SDGs
Clean water and
sanitation
Affordable and
clean energy
Climate action
Life on land
Responsible consumption
and production
TRADE-OFFS
Our trade-offs refer to the difficult decisions made during the year in the context of resource scarcity. Below are some of the
significant actions taken during a difficult year to do so:
• Our mines depend on natural resources, particularly energy and water, and our use of these resources could potentially
impact the neighbouring environment and communities
• Significant investment is required to transition our mines to renewable energy sources, though there are energy security,
costs and reduced carbon emissions benefits
• We focus on water recycling and conservation to ensure sufficient supply of quality water to other stakeholders in the
same catchment area
• Our mines produce tailings and waste rock, which require responsible storage and recycling solutions
96
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
Gold Fields is committed to sound
environmental stewardship, and we
aim to responsibly use the natural
resources our business depends
on, care for the environment in our
operational and surrounding areas
and limit the impact of our operations
on our host communities. To guide
this commitment, we developed five
Group environment-related policy
statements – on environmental
stewardship, water stewardship,
tailings management, materials and
supply chain stewardship and climate
change – which, together with mine
closure, highlight our key focus areas.
Our policy statements are further
supported by six guidelines relating
to environmental incident reporting,
biodiversity, water management,
tailings management, integrated
mine closure, and energy and carbon
management. Our Stakeholder
Relationship and Engagement
Policy Statement also commits us
to engagement with communities
and governments on environmental
matters that could potentially
impact them.
Our approach to environmental
stewardship requires that we first and
foremost consider local legislation
and regulations, as well as relevant
external standards. Additional local
priorities are identified through
stakeholder consultations. Our
overriding policy guide is the Group
Environment Policy Statement, which
was updated and approved by the
Board in February 2021.
All our operations are certified to the
ISO 14001 (2015) environmental
management standard. Our newest
mine, Gruyere in Western Australia,
obtained certification to both
the ISO 14001 standard and the
International Cyanide Management
Code (ICMC) during 2020. In South
Africa, South Deep expanded the
scope of its ISO 14001 certification
to include underground operations
in 2020. All our managed mines
– except for Cerro Corona, which
does not use cyanide – are currently
certified to the ICMC, which assures
their responsible handling and
transportation of cyanide. While our
operations are recertified every three
years, as required by the code, we
identify and address potential gaps
on a continuous basis.
In August 2020, Gold Fields formally
committed to implementing the
GISTM over a five-year period
(see p103).
During 2020, we launched our
inaugural Company-wide EHS
scorecard to ensure that our Group,
regional and operational management
teams are held accountable for
successfully managing EHS issues.
The scorecard includes both
leading and lagging performance
indicators to improve performance
at an operational level. Pleasingly,
all regions exceeded their target
of an 80% score – a substantial
achievement for the Group in 2020.
Gold Fields recorded no serious
environmental incidents (Level 3 – 5)
during 2020. This is the second
consecutive year we achieved
this, signalling not only our sound
environmental stewardship, but also
the limited impact of our operations
on neighbouring communities.
Recording zero serious environmental
incidents is a strategic priority for the
Group and is included as a key target
our management teams’ performance
scorecards.
As part of our 2020 reporting suite, we
will publish our third CCR in alignment
with the recommendations of the Task
Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) during April 2021.
The report provides details on our
journey towards a low-carbon future,
including our climate change risks,
vulnerabilities, strategies, governance
practices and policies, as well as
performance trends.
When published, our 2020 CCR can be
accessed on our website at https://
www.goldfields.com/2020-annual-
report-suite.php
2020
GOLD FIELDS 2020 CLIMATE CHANGE REPORT
Aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure
(TCFD)
www.goldfields.com
Details of our energy management and
climate change approach, policies and
guidelines can also be found at
https://www.goldfields.com/energy-and-
climate-change.php
For details of our environmental
management approach, policies and
guidelines go to www.goldfields.com/
sustainability.php
In addition to the above, and
continuing a downward trend
from 2019, the number of Level 2
environmental incidents decreased
significantly by 68% to 12 in 2020
(2019: 37). Of these incidents, eight
related to loss of containment or
spillage-type incidents (2019: 12), and
three related to blasting and vibration
(2019: 23). We managed to contain
these incidents to our immediate
mining footprint or vicinity, and the
mitigating actions taken ensured the
incidents resulted in limited to no
environmental impact.
97
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CONTINUED
GROUP ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE
Environmental incidents (Level 3 – 5)1
Environmental incidents (Level 2)1
Water withdrawal (Gℓ)
Freshwater withdrawal (Gℓ)
Water recycled/reused (% of total)
Electricity purchased (TWh)
Diesel consumption (TJ)
Scope 1 – 3 CO2 emissions (kt)2, 3
Mining waste and tailings (Mt)
Gross closure cost estimate (US$m)
2020
0
12
21.7
10.00
71
1.20
6,788
1,969
200
467
2019
0
37
22.3
14.2
68
1.25
6,973
1,941
189
436
2018
2
68
21.2
14.5
66
1.28
6,599
1,852
190
400
2017
2
83
33.0
14.8
57
1.37
6,765
1,959
212
381
2016
3
131
30.3
10.2
59
1.40
6,608
1,964
187
381
1 Level 1 and 2 environmental incidents involve minor incidents or non-conformances, with negligible or short-term limited impact. A Level 3 incident results
in limited non-conformance or non-compliance with ongoing but limited environmental impact. Level 4 and 5 incidents include major non-conformances or
non-compliances, which could result in long-term environmental harm, with company or operation-threatening implications and potential damage to company
reputation. Our operations also align with all regulatory environmental reporting requirements in their countries of operation
2 The CO2 emission numbers include head offices and comprise Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
3 Scope 1 emissions are those arising directly from sources managed by the Company, Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions generated in the production
of electricity used by the Company, and Scope 3 emissions arise as a consequence of the activities of the Company
ESG PRIORITIES
During 2020, we initiated the process
of developing our Group ESG Charter,
which is driven by a cross-functional
and multi-disciplinary team. Our
strategic ESG priorities act as a
guiding framework to creating impact
in line with the Company’s vision of
global leadership in sustainable gold
mining. Environmental management
is a critical component of this work.
Our key strategic priorities are
to pursue decarbonisation in line
with our commitment to the Paris
Agreement (which commits us to
carbon neutrality by 2050), build
resilience to climate change and
reduce our consumption of water.
We aim to reduce our carbon
emissions and freshwater use, as well
as our exposure to climate-related
risks to operations, stakeholders and
the environment. The strategic intent
underpinning these priorities are:
• Continue pursuing reductions
in carbon emissions at all our
operations
• Increase Group renewable energy
use and include at least 20%
renewables in all new projects
• Introduce electric vehicles in
our underground operations
• Reduce freshwater use and
optimise Group water recycling
and reuse levels
We expect to disclose our 2025 ESG
Charter targets during H2 2021.
BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT
Our teams seek to address any
potentially adverse impacts on the
fauna and flora from our operations
through specific mitigation measures,
98
as well as integrated land and water
management practices. Our efforts to
mitigate the impact of climate change
will also benefit the local environment.
Strict adherence to all relevant
legal and permit requirements is a
prerequisite, as is engagement with
relevant local stakeholders.
We continue to contribute to the
conservation of biodiversity, by:
• Neither mining nor exploring in
World Heritage sites
• Designing and operating our mines
in a way that does not compromise
the biodiversity values of any
protected area
• Striving for zero net loss of
biodiversity for all new projects or
major expansions on existing sites
Our commitment to biodiversity is
evident at our Salares Norte project
in the Andes Mountains in Chile’s
Atacama region, where construction
commenced during 2020. We
are working with environmental
specialists and biologists to ensure
the protection of the Short-tailed
Chinchillas, which is a protected
species in Chile. We are doing so
by establishing a compensation and
conservation area away from the
planned active mining and exploration
zones, declaring no-go zones where
we cannot operate or actively explore,
and relocating a small fraction of
the population of Chinchillas that
live in future mining zones to a new
location 5km away. At the same time,
as part of government’s programme
for protected species, we are
using tools, such as camera traps,
permanent electronic monitoring and
genetic studies, to enhance baseline
information and scientific knowledge
of the Chinchilla.
The Chinchilla capture and relocation
process, which began in August
2020, is a key aspect of the
environmental approval for Salares
Norte and requires that we capture
and relocate the animals from future
mining areas to temporary relocation
zones before full release. Two of
the four Chinchillas moved passed
away at the relocation area, prior to
their full release. The post-mortem
analysis by independent experts
recommended changes to future
capture and relocation practices,
which we are implementing together
with environmental experts and in
consultation with the regulator.
As part of these improvements,
the possibility of shortening the
adaptation time in the temporary
enclosures and releasing the animals
when they are in optimum physical
condition is being examined. The
implementation of the new measures
will allow for better preventive controls
during the programme once the
relocation activities resume.
Should the regulator lift the temporary
halt to all relocations in H1 2021,
we expect to resume relocation only
later in 2021 as the programme is
paused during winter. While the 2021
and 2022 construction progress will
not be impacted by delays in the
relocation programme beyond 2021,
it could make longer-term planning of
the project beyond those dates more
complex.
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
WATER MANAGEMENT
Managing our water resources is
critical to our Group, as water is
not only a vital resource for our ore
processing activities but is also
essential to our host communities.
Our Ghanaian operations and the
Cerro Corona mine in Peru have
ample water supply through rainfall
in the country, while the four other
countries in which we operate –
South Africa, Chile and Australia –
are water stressed.
This is exacerbated by climate
change, which affects our operations
and communities in several ways
– severe rainfall, shifts in rainfall
patterns and prolonged droughts,
among others. Apart from this,
water scarcity or excessive rainfall
can adversely impact our host
communities, particularly where
agriculture is an important economic
activity. Managing our impacts on
water catchment areas – by ensuring
that we do not reduce the quality
or volume of water in the areas
surrounding our mines – is therefore
key to maintaining our social licence
to operate.
During 2020, we started
implementing the Group’s 2020 –
2025 Water Stewardship Strategy,
which is supported by detailed
regional water management plans.
Our strategy comprises the following
key pillars:
WATER WITHDRAWAL
GL
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
3
.
0
3
0
.
3
3
2
.
1
2
3
.
2
2
7
.
1
2
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
• Security of supply: We focus on
understanding and securing water
resources for the life-of-mine, as
well as embedding water planning
into operational management
– thereby enabling informed
management decisions – and
updating water security risk profiles
to support the sourcing of water
• Water efficiency: We aim to
minimise demand for freshwater
and optimise the use of water
resources to prevent water supply
shortfalls and prioritise supply to
communities. We have made good
progress to reduce freshwater
withdrawal in Ghana, Peru and
South Africa
• Catchment area management:
It is critical that Gold Fields
manages external water risks to
the business and our stakeholders
in the water catchment areas in
which we operate. In 2020, all
regions assessed their impacts
on catchment stakeholders in
relation to water withdrawal, water
discharges and potential sources
of pollution. These assessments
indicated that our operations
do not have significant negative
impacts on these stakeholders.
Our operations are implementing
formal water stewardship
partnerships with stakeholders in
their catchments, which we hope
to complete by 2025
WATER WITHDRAWAL PER TONNE
PROCESSED
kl/t
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
9
8
.
0
6
9
.
0
4
6
.
0
9
5
.
0
9
4
.
0
GROUP PERFORMANCE
Gold Fields spent US$25m on water
management and projects during
2020, compared with US$27m in
2019. Of this, we spent just over
US$10m (2019: US$12m) on
maintenance and investments in
water infrastructure. Our operations
continue to invest in methods to
improve their water management
practices, including pollution
prevention, recycling and water
conservation initiatives.
In line with our approach to
catchment management, we also
invest in water infrastructure that
benefits our host communities.
This is most pronounced at our
Cerro Corona mine in Peru where,
since 2010, the mine has invested
over US$5m in water-related
projects, mostly in the nearby city
of Hualgayoc. Last year, the local
government initiated a US$6m
programme to build almost
2,000 micro-reservoirs to benefit
39 villages and provide approximately
5,000 small-scale farmers in the
district with access to water. Gold
Fields, supported by a number of
government organisations, is the
main funder of this programme and
managing the construction activities.
During 2020, 19 micro-reservoirs
at the Cortaderas hamlet were
completed as part of a successful
pilot project for the programme.
WATER RECYCLED/REUSED AS
PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
%
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
9
5
7
5
6
6
8
6
1
7
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
1 Water withdrawal is the sum of all water drawn into Gold Fields’ operations from all sources (including surface water, groundwater, rainwater, water from
another organisation or state/municipal provider) for any use at the mine
² Recycled water is water/wastewater that is treated before being reused
3 Reused water is water/wastewater that is reused without treatment at the same operation
99
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CONTINUED
Our water performance was a
significant highlight for the Group
during 2020. Not only did our total
water withdrawal1 decline to 21.7GL
(2019: 22.3GL), the Group also met
its two key targets for the year:
• Reducing freshwater withdrawal by
3% (0.4GL) from projected 2020
demand (as per business plan) to
14.9GL: Total freshwater withdrawal
amounted to 9.97GL, a 35%
reduction from 2019
• Recycling or reusing at least to 66%
of our total water consumption:
In 2020, total water recycled or
reused amounted to 54.2GL (2019:
47.6GL), or 71%, which was well
ahead of our target
We met both targets largely due
to improvements implemented at
Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and South
Deep. At Tarkwa, process water is
now reused for cooling at the power
plant and for mixing explosives and
certain chemicals. At Cerro Corona,
which reuses more water during
the dry season, water recycling or
reuse increased because of lower
rainfall during the year. At South
Deep, treated sewage effluent, which
was previously discharged into the
Leeuspruit river, is now rerouted
to a return water dam and used in
the mining process. The mine also
upgraded its potable water pipeline
to reduce water losses.
We benchmark our water usage
by participating in the CDP Water
Disclosure programme, whose
score is an indicator of a company’s
commitment to transparency around
its water risks and mitigating actions.
During the 2020 assessment,
we achieved an A ranking for the
first time – one of only 106 high-
performing companies out of the
more than 5,800 that were scored.
Our previous rankings ranged from
B to A-.
For details of our water management
approach, policies and guidelines, as
well as our adoption of the ICMM Water
Stewardship Position Statement, go to
www.goldfields.com/sustainability.php
100
ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND
CLIMATE CHANGE
CLIMATE CHANGE
Gold Fields is acutely aware of the
severity of climate-related risks.
Furthermore, we also understand the
value of the opportunities available
in a low-carbon future. The impacts
of climate change are real and
immediate, due to:
• The long-term risks posed by
climate change to the Group’s
operations and surrounding
communities
• Increasing efforts to regulate
carbon emissions in most of
our jurisdictions
• Taxes on non-renewable energy
consumption increasingly imposed
by governments
We are committed to the Paris
Agreement and the journey towards
a net-zero carbon future by limiting
global warming to well below 2°C,
preferably 1.5°C, by 2050. In 2018,
Gold Fields became the first South
African mining company to endorse
the recommendations of the Financial
Services Board’s TCFD. We published
our first TCFD Report in 2019, which
serves as our baseline to monitor our
climate change-related performance.
This report replaced previous
submissions to the CDP (formerly the
Carbon Disclosure Project), while we
continue to submit an annual CDP
Water report.
We reviewed and updated our
Climate Change Policy Statement in
2020 and confirmed our compliance
with both the 2019 ICMM Position
Statement on Climate Change and
the 2017 ICMM Position Statement
on Water Stewardship.
The risk of failure to implement
climate adaptation measures remains
among Gold Fields’ top 10 Group
risks. We review our vulnerability to
climate change every five years, and
update Group-wide strategies and
programmes in response. The next
review is scheduled for 2021.
ENERGY AND CARBON
MANAGEMENT
Gold Fields’ operations are highly
dependent on consistent energy
supply. Our total energy spend
during 2020 amounted to 16% of our
Group operating costs. Appreciating
the importance of energy security
and cost management, in 2017
our updated Energy Management
Strategy set out a number of
aspirational goals for 2020.
Gold Fields has an Energy and
Carbon Management Strategy in
place, supported by operational
plans and targets that are aligned
with the global ISO 50001 energy
management standard. The purpose
of these plans is to reduce energy
consumption, energy costs and
carbon emissions by, among others:
• Switching from diesel-generated to
cleaner gas-generated electricity
• Increasing the use of renewables
by our operations
• Improving energy efficiencies and
eliminating wastage
• Rolling-out training and awareness
programmes
By March 2020, our Cerro Corona,
Damang and Tarkwa mines were
certified to the ISO 50001 standard.
We aim to have all our operations
certified during 2021.
2020 energy and carbon
emission targets
Performance
Ensure that energy security is not one
of the top 10 Group risks
Realise 5% – 10% energy savings off
our annual energy plans each year
Achieve 80% of 800kt CO2e of
cumulative carbon emission reductions
between 2017 and 2020, equivalent to
a 17% reduction in carbon emissions
each year
Security of power supply and cost
of energy is risk number eight in our
Group risks
2,077TJ of energy savings for the
period 2017 to 2020, equal to 4% of
energy consumption for the period
639kt CO2e in carbon emissions
reductions from 2017 to 2020
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
While energy efficiency initiatives
have a dual benefit of improving
energy productivity and reducing our
carbon footprint, a number of our
initiatives reduce our carbon footprint
significantly without necessarily
reducing our energy usage, such
as fuel switching from diesel to gas,
or from gas to renewable sources.
We continue to implement energy
efficiency initiatives, including:
• Switching from diesel electricity
to gas-generated and renewable
energy
• Optimising processes and systems
• Optimising compressed air systems
and new ventilation fans and
controls
• Using high precision drill rigs to
minimise rework
• Using fuel additives and other
business improvement initiatives
to optimise equipment energy
consumption
• Using larger trucks to move more
material with better fuel efficiencies
• Retrofitting old light fittings with
light-emitting diodes (LEDs)
RENEWABLE ENERGY
In our quest to strengthen security
of affordable energy supply, reduce
costs and decarbonise our energy
sources, we successfully started
integrating renewable energy into
our energy supply mix. Two of our
Australian mines, Agnew and Granny
Smith, installed renewable microgrids
and storage solutions during 2020.
Our other mines are also exploring
options to increase the renewable
energy portion of their energy
consumption.
Gold Fields has a long-term
commitment of 20% renewables at all
its new projects. This is being realised
at our most recent mine, Gruyere,
and the Salares Norte project in Chile,
both of which signed contracts with
independent power producers to
provide solar energy.
The percentage electricity from
renewable sources for the Group
was 3% at the end of 2020 (10%
including a portion of hydro power at
Cerro Corona). Based on our current
estimates, we expect this to increase
to 15% (21% including hydro power)
by 2025, with renewables coming
on stream at St Ives, South Deep,
Gruyere and Salares Norte by then.
Most of our renewable plants are,
or will be managed, by independent
power producers, who recoup
their capital investment via a long-
term supply agreement with our
mines. Where funding from Gold
Fields is required this is largely from
operational cash-flow.
Australia
Agnew is our flagship renewables
mine, and one of the first gold mines
in the world to generate over half of its
energy requirements from renewable
sources. The mine completed its
hybrid electricity plant during Q2 2020
after the commissioning of five wind
turbines. The A$113m (US$85m)
microgrid – which comprises a
3.5MW solar, 18MW wind and
13MW battery energy storage
system – provides, on average, 55%
of Agnew’s energy requirements.
However, this can increase to 70%
GROUP ENERGY CONSUMPTION
TJ
GROUP ENERGY SPEND AND SAVINGS
US$m
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
8
1
1
1
7
9
,
4
8
0
6
,
6
1
1
1
2
0
3
,
5
5
6
7
,
6
0
0
1
9
2
9
,
4
9
9
5
,
6
4
9
0
3
4
,
5
3
7
9
,
6
2
9
9
4
2
,
6
8
8
7
,
6
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
9
8
2
1
1
8
5
2
2
2
2
0
3
9
2
0
0
3
7
2
7
5
2
5
2
on a day with favourable weather
conditions. We are in the process
of evaluating further energy storage
systems.
Granny Smith’s hybrid storage
system, comprising 8MW on-site
solar, 2MW battery power systems
and a gas power plant, is fully
operational with 10% of the energy
supply sourced from renewables.
We made good progress on
Gruyere’s 12MW solar plant, with
commissioning scheduled for the end
of 2021. At St Ives, we commenced
a scoping study to evaluate supply
alternatives once the current power
agreement lapses in 2024.
During 2020, about 8% of the
region’s electricity requirements were
met through renewables, with that
percentage set to rise significantly
over the next few years. Our
investment in renewables was mostly
responsible for the region’s 2020
carbon emissions savings of 75kt
CO2e, which was well ahead of target.
South Africa
In February 2021, the National Energy
Regulator of South Africa approved
an electricity generation licence
for a 40MW solar plant at South
Deep. Once approved by the Board,
construction of the plant is set to take
a year. The solar plant will provide
approximately 20% of South Deep’s
electricity needs and could save the
mine an estimated R120m a year.
GROUP SCOPE 1 – 3 CO2e EMISSIONS
Mt
6
9
.
2.0 1
6
9
.
1
5
8
.
1
4
9
.
1
7
9
.
1
5
4
.
0
7
9
.
0
9
4
.
0
8
8
.
0
8
4
.
0
8
7
.
0
8
4
.
0
1
8
.
0
2
5
.
0
3
7
.
0
4
5
.
0
9
5
.
0
8
5
.
0
5
6
.
0
2
7
.
0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:132) Diesel (cid:132) Electricity (cid:132) Other fuels
(cid:132) Total (cid:132) Savings
(cid:132) Scope 1 (cid:132) Scope 2 (cid:132) Scope 3
101
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CONTINUED
Chile
We are developing a 26MW hybrid
solar and thermal power solution
for the Salares Norte project. We
aim to have this functional once the
operation starts production in early
2023. Diesel generators will provide
16MW and the solar unit 10MW of
power, which is set to save the mine
over US$7m in energy costs over the
first 10 years, as well as US$1m in
carbon tax offsets.
ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE
PERFORMANCE
Overall energy spend reduced by
15% during 2020 to US$257m (2019:
US$300m), mainly due to lower oil
prices in response to decreased
demand. Total energy spend, which
combines the Group’s electricity and
fuel spend, amounted to 16% of total
operating costs in 2020, down from
20% in 2019. This represents 12%
of AISC (2019: 17%) and translates
to AISC of US$110/oz (US$136/
oz). Gold Fields made a net loss
of US$12m on oil price hedges
during 2020, as the price of oil on
international markets decreased more
than anticipated.
Total energy consumption increased
by 5% to 13,129TJ compared with
12,498TJ in 2019. This is mainly
due to increased on-site electricity
generation in Australia, with Gruyere
operating for a full year for the first
time, higher gas consumption in
Ghana and increased renewable
energy generation in Australia. The
energy mix is made up of 52%
haulage diesel, 48% electricity and
less than 1% of other fuels. Energy
intensity remained largely unchanged
at 5.64GJ/oz (2019: 5.67GJ/oz).
We achieved energy savings of
1,085TJ in 2020 (2019: 405TJ),
resulting in long-term cost savings
of US$25m, equivalent to US$11/
oz. Since the launch of our Energy
and Carbon Management Strategy
in 2017, Gold Fields has realised
cumulative energy savings of 2,077TJ
(4% of energy consumption during
this period), resulting in a cost saving
of US$144m.
Emissions performance
Our carbon emissions performance
mirrors our operations’ energy use
trends. Total Scope 1 – 3 CO2e
emissions during 2020 amounted to
1.969Mt, an increase from 1.941Mt
in 2019 – reflecting higher production
at our Australian operations as a
result of the inclusion of Gruyere for
a full year. Emission intensity, which
is measured using only Scope 1
and 2 emissions, remained static at
0.66t CO2e/oz for 2017 to 2019, and
reduced to 0.62t CO2e/oz in 2020.
In 2016, we set ourselves an
aspirational target of reducing
cumulative carbon emission by 800kt
CO2e between 2017 and 2020. We
reached 80% of this target by the
end of 2020, of which 230kt CO2e
were achieved in 2020 as a result of
the above mentioned energy savings
initiatives.
TAILINGS MANAGEMENT
At end-2020, our 11 operations
– including our three JV sites,
being Asanko in Ghana, Gruyere in
Australia and FSE in the Philippines –
contained 37 TSFs, of which 12 were
active and one under construction.
Of the 12 active TSFs, we have two
in-pit TSFs (Agnew and St Ives), six
downstream/centre-line TSFs, and
four upstream TSFs.
Our mines in Australia and South
Africa are located in relatively dry
regions, and limited amounts of
supernatant water are stored in the
facilities. This significantly improves
their overall performance and
integrity. In Ghana, the Tarkwa and
Damang TSFs are designed in line
with industry best practices. We have
implemented critical controls and
performance objectives to ensure
that the TSF embankments remain
stable throughout both the wet and
dry seasons and over the life of
the facilities. Our technical teams
continue to work with Galiano Gold,
which manages Asanko, to maintain
the good operational performance of
the lined and downstream-raised TSF.
The Lepanto TSF located in the
Philippines is well managed, with
no visible signs of instability and
adequate freeboard. No safety
incidents associated with the
project have occurred to date. The
TSF is located in a region prone to
high seismic activity and frequent
typhoons. As a result, Gold Fields
and Lepanto Mining commissioned
external consultants to develop
Solar farm and wind turbines, Agnew, Australia
102
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
OUR PERFORMANCE
a more reliable risk profile of the
Lepanto TSF, along with potential risk
control measures that could further
improve the facility’s risk profile. We
expect an independent summary from
the consultant in Q1 2021.
Total tailings depositions increased
by 20% in 2020 from 2019, totalling
59Mt. This increase is mostly due to
our Gruyere mine producing for a full
year for the first time.
A detailed profile of Gold Fields’ TSFs can
be found on our website at www.goldfields.
com/environment-tsf.php
GISTM
The global mining industry’s TSFs
are in the spotlight following several
tailings dam failures over the past few
years – particularly the catastrophic
tailings collapse at Vale’s Feijão iron
ore mine in Brumadinho, Brazil, in
January 2019, which resulted in the
deaths of 270 people.
After the Brumadinho tragedy,
ICMM members, along with the UN
Environment Programme and UN
Principles for Responsible Investment,
convened an independent panel of
experts to develop a new international
standard for TSFs. Accordingly, the
GISTM was launched on 5 August
2020, thereby establishing a widely
accepted global standard on tailings
management that can be applied
to both existing and future TSFs.
The GISTM covers the entire tailings
facility lifecycle – from project
conception to post-closure – and
strengthens current mining industry
practices by integrating social,
environmental, local economic and
technical considerations.
All ICMM members, including Gold
Fields, have committed to ensure
that all TSFs with “extreme” or “very
high” consequence category ratings
comply with the GISTM by 5 August
2023. All other tailings facilities that
are not in a state of safe closure will
conform to the GISTM by 5 August
2025. Soon after the launch in
August 2020, we commenced a
detailed, site-specific analysis of each
TSF against the GISTM to identify
gaps and confirm our compliance
roadmap. We expect to complete this
work by mid-2021 and will then start
towards closing any identified gaps.
TSF GOVERNANCE AND TECHNICAL
OVERSIGHT
As required by the GISTM, Gold
Fields’ Board approved a new TSF
Management Policy Statement
in 2020. We believe this policy
statement demonstrates our
commitment to:
• Safe and responsible management
of tailings with the aim of zero
fatalities and catastrophic failures
• Allocate appropriate resources
to support tailings management
activities
• Implement effective governance
over tailings management
• Cultivate an organisational
culture that promotes learning,
communication and early
recognition of problems relating
to TSFs
• Emergency preparedness and
post-incident recovery should a
failure occur
• Implement a tailings safety review
process, including independent
reviews
All Gold Fields’ active TSFs are
subject to a comprehensive third-
party review every three years,
covering operational and legal
aspects, as well as sustainable
development. These reviews are also
used to ensure ongoing compliance
of our operations with our Group
TSF Management Guideline and
applicable design guidelines.
As required, facilities that have
an “extreme” consequence rating
are subject to annual third-party
operational reviews.
We retain an Engineer of Record
(EoR) for all of our active sites. The
role of EoR is filled by a suitably
qualified external engineer, who
is supported by the consulting
engineering company they work for.
EoRs are responsible for reviewing
and approving all engineering and
design data, associated operating
and monitoring procedures, as-built
drawings and facility inspections to
confirm physical integrity, safety, and
ancillary structures’ performance.
The most recent round of
independent external audits
commenced at the end of 2019 and
was completed by mid-2020. These
reviews, the most comprehensive
external audit of our TSFs, concluded
that the operations and management
of all TSFs are in line with recognised
industry tailings management and
safety practices.
Gold Fields’ Board continued to
strengthen its oversight of the Group’s
TSFs by introducing quarterly TSF
management reports, progressive
implementation of real-time
environmental and geotechnical
monitoring, and increased external
and independent verification. We
also embarked on a programme
to further improve the operational
safety of our TSFs including, where
practical, consideration of filtered
and dry-stacked tailings, improved
water management and in-pit tailings
disposal. These initiatives are also
the subject of work at the ICMM to
improve critical TSF controls and
reduce tailings water content.
Gold Fields has been progressively
implementing several technical
improvements to its TSFs and is
increasingly using tools linked to
cloud-based dashboard systems
that enable real-time monitoring
and analysis of responses and
measurements.
103
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CONTINUED
WASTE MANAGEMENT
Process plant tailings waste
and waste rock are two of the
most significant by-products
produced by mines. By responsibly
managing these waste streams,
we can minimise their impact on
the environment and our host
communities.
In terms of general waste, we have
an internal target to limit waste
generated for disposal at landfill
sites to 2015 levels, which totalled
11.2kt. In 2020, we generated 9.5kt
in non-hazardous waste and 1.7kt
in hazardous waste – 11.2kt in total,
thereby meeting our target. During
2020, Gold Fields recycled 60% of all
non-mineralised waste generated in
2020, compared with 50% in 2019.
Waste such as plastic, scrap metal,
oils and hydrocarbons are recycled
off-site by specialist recyclers.
GROUP MINING WASTE
Mt
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
8
4
1
9
3
1
7
1
1
4
9
4
1
1
4
1
4
1
8
4
1
4
1
1
9
5
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
(cid:132) Waste rock (cid:132) Tailings
¹ The increase in tailings from 2019 is due to
Gruyere operating for the full year for the
first time
MINE CLOSURE
As the closure landscape changes,
regulations relating to mine closure
are increasingly stringent, with
governments becoming more risk
averse. Stakeholder expectations, as
well as scrutiny from regulators and
NGOs, are also increasing. This is
particularly relevant for the industry’s
closure performance and how
companies disclose costs associated
with mine closure.
The ability of mining companies to
responsibly close their operations
is critical to their social licence
to operate, both individually and
collectively. To this end, Gold Fields
has strengthened its approach to
closure liabilities over time by requiring
operations to:
• Regularly review and update their
closure plans in accordance with
ICMM-aligned Group closure
guidance
• Develop rigorous closure cost
estimates, which are then internally
and externally reviewed annually
• Set annual performance targets for
their progressive rehabilitation plans
During 2020, the Group maintained
its focus on progressive rehabilitation
– the implementation of closure
activities during the construction and
operation of a mine – although some
activities were materially disrupted
by Covid-19-related restrictions.
Progressive rehabilitation includes
remediation of contaminated areas,
decommissioning and removal of
redundant infrastructure, landform
reshaping, rehabilitation, revegetation
and in-pit tailings disposal. The Group
achieved an average of 93% of the
measures set in the rehabilitation
plans for 2020, ahead of target.
Substantive rehabilitation projects
undertaken during 2020 included
the rehabilitation of the Damang TSF,
backfilling the St Ives Diana pit and
rehabilitation trials at Gruyere.
Gold Fields’ total gross mine closure
liability increased by 7% to US$467m
in 2020, largely due to the impact of
currency fluctuations (US$19m) and
additional closure requirements at
Cerro Corona (US$10m). The regional
breakdown is provided in the table
below:
Group closure
estimates
(US$m)
Australia1, 2, 3
West Africa
Americas4
South Africa
Group total
2020
2019
219
104
100
44
467
198
106
87
46
436
1 Due to legislative changes introduced in
Western Australia, there is no longer a legal
obligation to have unconditional performance
bonds in place for mine closure liabilities. Such
liabilities for continuing operations are now
self-funding. In addition, companies are now
required to pay a levy to the state based on
the total mine closure liability. This levy is 1%
of the total liability per mine, paid annually.
This levy goes into a state administered
fund known as the Mine Rehabilitation Fund.
Capital and interest from the fund will be used
to rehabilitate legacy sites or sites that have
prematurely closed or been abandoned
2 Includes 50% of the total Gruyere closure cost
estimate
3 Exchange rate fluctuations between 2019
and 2020 resulted in a material change in the
Australia closure cost estimate. In Australian
Dollar terms, the actual year-on-year increase
was marginal (A$282m to A$284m)
4 Includes US$2m Salares Norte footprint
disturbance cost estimate
The funding methods used in each
region to make provision for the mine
closure cost estimates are:
• Peru – bank guarantees
• Australia – existing cash and
resources1
• Ghana – reclamation security
agreements and bonds
underwritten by banks, along with
restricted cash
• South Africa – contributions into
environmental trust funds and
guarantees
104
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ASSURANCE
Tailings dam, Cerro Corona, Peru
Internal and external assurance is provided over selected sustainability
information contained in the Integrated Annual Report
ASSURANCE
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
FIRST PARTY: INTERNAL AUDIT
STATEMENT P106
INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE
STATEMENT TO THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF
GOLD FIELDS LIMITED P107 – 109
ASSURED SUSTAINABILITY
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
P110
ASSURED SOUTH AFRICAN
MINING CHARTER PERFORMANCE
INDICATORS P111
ADMINISTRATION AND CORPORATE
INFORMATION P112
105
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
FIRST PARTY: INTERNAL AUDIT STATEMENT
Gold Fields Internal Audit (GFIA) provides independent assurance on the effectiveness of the governance, risk management
and control processes within Gold Fields to the Group Audit Committee.
The internal audit activities performed during the year were identified through a combination of the Gold Fields risk
management and combined assurance framework, as well as the risk-based methodology adopted by GFIA. Internal Audit
complies with the Institute of Internal Auditors’ International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing, in
the execution of its assurance function. Furthermore, GFIA operates a quality assurance programme that involves performing
detailed quality review assessments. In 2020, GFIA underwent an External Quality Assurance and was found to be generally
complaint with the International Professional Practices Framework as well as the Code of Ethics as prescribed by the
Institute of Internal Auditors.
Annually, the risk-based annual audit plan is approved by the Audit Committee. The internal audit activities are executed by
a team of appropriately qualified and experienced internal auditors, or through the engagement of external practitioners on
specified and agreed terms. The Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit has a functional reporting line to the Audit
Committee, to which quarterly feedback is provided.
The Covid-19 pandemic resulted in travel restrictions to Gold Fields’ operations, which led to GFIA adjusting its approach,
objectives and scope on a number of audit activities, to continue meeting its audit mandate.
Based on the work performed by GFIA during the year, the Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit has presented
the Audit Committee with an assessment on the effectiveness of the Company’s governance, risk management and system
of internal control. It is GFIA’s opinion that the governance, risk management and internal control environment are effective
within the Gold Fields business and provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of Gold Fields will be achieved. This
GFIA assessment forms one of the basis for the Audit Committee’s recommendation in this regard to the Board.
Shyam Jagwanth
Vice-President and Group Head of Internal Audit
Johannesburg, South Africa
31 March 2021
106
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ASSURANCE
INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE STATEMENT TO THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF GOLD FIELDS LIMITED
ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd (ERM) was engaged by Gold Fields to provide reasonable assurance in relation to selected
sustainability information set out below and presented in Gold Fields’ 2020 Integrated Annual Report for the year ended
31 December 2020 (the Report).
Engagement summary
Engagement
scope (subject
matters):
1. Whether the 2020 data, for the period 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020, for the selected
performance indicators listed in Tables 1 and 2 overleaf, are fairly presented, in all material
respects, with the reporting criteria
2. Whether the Directors’ statement in the “About this Report” section of the Report that Gold
Fields has complied with the International Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM) Sustainable
Development Framework, Principles, Position Statements and reporting requirements is, in
all material respects, fairly stated
For environmental, health and safety and social indicators:
• GRI Standards (‘Core’ in-accordance option) and the GRI’s Mining and Metals Sector Disclosure
(2013)
• Gold Fields GRI Standards Sustainability Reporting Guideline, V26 (November 2020)
• Gold Fields Group Protocol for Energy and Carbon Performance Data Management, V3
(October 2020)
• Gold Fields Group Health and Safety Reporting Guideline, V6 (January 2019)
• Guidance on Host Community Procurement Spend and Job Creation, V1.2 (January 2020)
• ICMM Sustainable Development Framework Reporting Requirements (2008)
Reporting
criteria:
For Mining Charter-related indicators:
• Gold Fields Limited South Deep Gold Mine Non-Financial Data Assurance Reporting Guidelines,
V6 (January 2021)
• Gold Fields Limited South Deep Gold Mine Procurement Mining Charter 2018 Reporting
Guideline, V2 (January 2021)
• Gold Fields Limited South Deep Gold Mine Local Economic Development Progress Monitoring
Procedure, V0 (April 2020)
• Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter (BBSEEC) for the South African Mining
and Minerals Industry (2018) and the related scorecard (2018)
• Implementation Guidelines for the BBSEEC for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry
(2018)
Assurance
standard used:
ERM CVS’ assurance methodology based on the International Standard on Assurance
Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised) and ISAE 3410 (for GHG Statements)
Assurance level:
Reasonable assurance for all subject matters
Respective
responsibilities:
Gold Fields is responsible for preparing the Report, including the collection and presentation of the
selected sustainability information within it, in accordance with the reporting criteria, the design,
implementation and maintenance of related internal controls, and for the integrity of its website.
ERM’s responsibility is to provide an opinion on the selected information based on the evidence
we have obtained and exercising our professional judgement.
107
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE STATEMENT TO THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS AND STAKEHOLDERS OF GOLD FIELDS LIMITED
CONTINUED
OUR ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES
We planned and performed our work to obtain all the information and explanations that we believe were necessary to
reduce the risk of material misstatement to low, and therefore provide a basis for our assurance opinion. Using the ICMM
Sustainable Development Framework: Assurance Procedure (2008) as a guide, a multi-disciplinary team of sustainability,
Mining Charter and assurance specialists performed the assurance activities, including, among others:
• Reviewing external media reporting relating to Gold Fields, peer company annual reports and industry standards to identify
issues relevant to the assurance scope in the reporting period
• Interviews with relevant corporate-level staff to understand Gold Fields’ sustainability strategy, policies and management
systems, including stakeholder engagement and materiality assessment
• Interviews with a selection of staff and management, including senior executives, to gain an understanding of:
– The status of implementation of the ICMM Sustainable Development Principles in Gold Fields’ strategy and policies
– Gold Fields’ identification and management of sustainable development risks and opportunities as determined through
its review of the business and the views and expectations of its stakeholders
• Reviewing supporting evidence related to external stakeholder engagement on material issues facing the business
• Reviewing policies and procedures and assessing alignment with ICMM’s 10 Sustainable Development Principles and
other mandatory requirements set out in the ICMM’s Position Statements in effect as at 31 December 2020
• Testing the processes and systems, including internal controls, used to generate, consolidate and report the selected
sustainability and Mining Charter information
• Reviewing the suitability of the internal reporting guidelines, including conversion factors used
• Physical visit to interview responsible staff and verify source data and other evidence at the following site:
– Gruyere, Australia
• Remote reviews to verify source data for the following sites:
– Damang, Ghana
– Tarkwa, Ghana
– Agnew, Australia
– Granny Smith, Australia
– St Ives, Australia
– Cerro Corona, Peru
– South Deep, South Africa
• An analytical review of the year-end data submitted by the sites listed above, and testing of the accuracy and
completeness of the consolidated 2020 Group data for the selected indicators
• Reviewing the presentation of information relevant to the scope of our work in the Report to ensure consistency with
our findings
OUR ASSURANCE OPINION
In our opinion:
• The selected sustainability performance information set out in Tables 1 and 2 for the year ended 31 December 2020 is
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Gold Fields reporting criteria
• The Directors’ statement in the “About this Report” section of the Report that Gold Fields has complied with the ICMM
Sustainable Development Framework, Principles, Position Statements and reporting requirements is, in all material
respects, fairly stated
THE LIMITATIONS OF OUR ENGAGEMENT
The reliability of the assured data is subject to inherent uncertainties given the methods for determining, calculating or
estimating the underlying information. It is important to understand our assurance opinions in this context. Our independent
assurance statement provides no assurance on the maintenance and integrity of the Gold Fields’ website, including controls
used to achieve this integrity, and in particular, whether any changes may have occurred to the information since it was first
published.
FORCE MAJEURE – COVID-19
As a result of travel restrictions arising from the current global pandemic, we were unable to carry out our assurance
activities as originally planned and agreed with Gold Fields. In-person visits to operations and the head office were
replaced with remote reviews via teleconference and video calls for this year’s assurance engagement. While we believe
these changes do not affect our reasonable assurance opinions above, we draw attention to the possibility that if we had
undertaken in-person visits we may have identified errors and omissions in the assured information that we did not discover
through the alternative approach.
108
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ASSURANCE
OUR OBSERVATIONS
We have provided Gold Fields with a separate detailed management report. Without affecting the opinion presented above,
we have the following observations:
• Operations across all regions were found to have improved adherence to the measurement, verification and reporting
requirements for energy saving initiatives, as recommended by ERM in last year’s Assurance Statement, although there is
an opportunity to improve the accuracy of site-level information for selected Australian operations by consistently applying
the most updated local energy conversion and emission factors used to calculate energy savings initiatives
• There have been improvements in strengthening documentation and formalising the consolidation and reporting process
of selected social performance information across the Australian region, although consistent with ERM’s recommendation
in last year’s Assurance Statement, we recommend giving attention to strengthening the documentation and consolidation
of host community workforce employment information, specifically for contractors, at selected Australian operations
Clémence McNulty
Engagement Partner, ERM Southern Africa
Beth Wyke
Review Partner, ERM CVS, Philadelphia
29 March 2021
29 March 2021
ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg, South Africa
www.erm.com
Email: clemence.mcnulty@erm.com
ERM Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd and ERM Certification and Verification Services (CVS) are members of the ERM Group. Our
work complies with the requirements of ERM’s Global Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (available at https://erm.com/
global-code). Further, ERM CVS is accredited by the United Kingdom Accreditation Service and its operating system is
designed to comply with ISO 17021:2011. Our assurance processes are designed and implemented to ensure that the
work we undertake with clients is free from bias and conflict of interest (refer to both the abovementioned Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics, and the ERM CVS Independence and Impartiality Policy available at http://www.ermcvs.com/our-
services/policies/independence/). The ERM and ERM CVS staff that have undertaken work on this assurance engagement
provide no consultancy related services to Gold Fields in any respect related to the subject matter assured.
109
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ASSURED SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Table 1. Selected sustainability performance indicators for the 2020 reporting year presented for reasonable
assurance in accordance with the reporting criteria.
Unit
Gold Fields reported
2020 data
Parameter
Environment
Total CO2 equivalent emissions, Scope 1 – 3
Electricity purchased
Diesel
Total energy consumed
Total water consumed (withdrawal – discharge)
Total water recycled/re‐used per annum
Number of environmental incidents: Level 3 and above
Total CO2 equivalent emissions avoided from initiatives
Total energy saved from initiatives
Occupational health
Number of cases of Silicosis reported
Number of cases of Noise-induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) reported
Tonnes
MWh
Kl
GJ
Ml
Ml
Number of incidents
tCO2e saved
GJ saved
Number of cases
Number of cases
Number of new cases of Cardio Respiratory Tuberculosis (CRTB) reported
Number of new cases reported
Number of cases of Chronic Obstructive Airways Disease (COAD)
Number of cases
Health
Number of cases of Malaria tested positive per annum (employees and
contractors)
Number of positive cases
Number of South African employees in the HAART programme (cumulative)
Number of employees
Number of West African employees in the highly-active anti-retroviral therapy
(HAART) programme (cumulative)
Percentage of South African workforce on the voluntary counselling and testing
(VCT) programme
Percentage of West African workforce on the VCT programme
Number of employees
Percentage of workforce
Percentage of workforce
Safety
Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR) – employees,
contractors, total
Number of TRIs/manhours
Serious injuries:
As per Gold Fields Group Health and Safety Reporting requirements
Serious injuries:
As per the South African Department of Mineral Resources and Energy
requirements (applicable to South Deep mine only)
Near-miss incidents
Social
Total socio-economic development (SED) spend
Percentage of host community workforce employment
Percentage of host community procurement spend
Number of injuries
Number of injuries
Number of incidents
US$
%
%
110
1,969,305
1,196,585
184,701
13,128,575
19,780
54,207
0
229,986
1,085,328
10
3
13
3
412
657
10
70%
21%
Employees: 2.91
(45 TRIs/15,446,600
manhours)
Contractors: 2.13
(62 TRIs/29,117,748
manhours)
Total: 2.40
(107 TRIs/44,564,347
manhours)
6 (including 2 at
South Deep)
9
475
$17,189,125
53%
29%
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ASSURANCE
ASSURED SOUTH AFRICAN MINING CHARTER PERFORMANCE
INDICATORS
Table 2. Selected South African Mining Charter performance indicators for the 2020 reporting year presented
for reasonable assurance in accordance with reporting criteria.
67%
33%
67%
33%
35%
6%
56%
20%
69%
21%
0.49%
76%
Unit
Gold Fields reported 2020 data
Number of projects
Progress to date
Total: 9
Active: 7
Average progress for 9 projects: 48%
Average progress for 7 active
projects: 59%
Parameter
Mine community development
Percentage implementation of Mine Community Development Projects
in approved and published Social and Labour Plan (SLP) (“Table S”1)2
Employment equity
HDSAs3 in management (in proportion to applicable demographics)
made up of:
Board: 50% black persons with exercisable voting rights,
of which 20% must be black women
Executive/top management: 50% black persons
of which 15% must be black women
Senior: 50% black persons of which 15% must be black women
Middle: 60% black persons of which 20% must be black women
Junior: 70% black persons of which 25% must be black women
Board: Percentage black persons
Board: Percentage black women
Exec: Percentage black persons
Exec: Percentage black women
Senior: Percentage black persons
Senior: Percentage black women
Middle: Percentage black persons
Middle: Percentage black women
Junior: Percentage black persons
Junior: Percentage black women
Employees with disabilities: 1.5% as a percentage of all employees
Disabilities: Percentage
Core/critical skills: 50% black persons
Core skills: Percentage
Inclusive procurement
Mining goods
70% of procurement spend on goods (excluding non-discretionary spend) must be on South African manufactured goods, proportioned as follows
regarding the manufacturing entity:
21% by HDPs4 owned and controlled company
5% by women or by young owned and controlled company
44% by BEE-compliant company
Mining services
Percentage procured from HDPs
owned and controlled company
Percentage women OR by young
owned and controlled company
Percentage procured from BEE-
compliant company
31%
5%
48%
80% of procurement spend on services (excluding non-discretionary spend) must be sourced from South African companies, proportioned as follows:
50% on HDP-owned and controlled company
15% on women-owned and controlled company
5% on youth
10% on BEE-compliant company
Research and Development (R&D) budget spent of which 70% must be
spent on South African-based R&D entities
Mineral sampling to be done by South African-based companies
(Target of 100%)
Percentage discretionary spend
on HDPs owned and controlled
company
Percentage discretionary spend
on women owned and controlled
company
Percentage discretionary spend
on youth
Percentage discretionary spend on
BEE compliant company
% of spend on R&D entities
R-value of spend
Number of samples analysed
% analysed by South African-
based companies
1 As per the Implementation Guidelines for the BBSEEC for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (2018)
2 Only seven of the nine projects were active for the 2020 reporting period
3 Historically Disadvantaged South African
4 Historically Disadvantaged Persons
5 Black Economic Empowerment
47%
16%
0%
85%
100%
R2,437,080
28,526
99.95%
111
Gold Fields Integrated
Annual Report
2020
ADMINISTRATION AND CORPORATE INFORMATION
CORPORATE SECRETARY
Anré Weststrate
Tel: +27 11 562 9719
Fax: +086 720 2704
email: anré.weststrate@goldfields.com
REGISTERED OFFICE
Johannesburg
Gold Fields Limited
150 Helen Road
Sandown
Sandton
2196
Postnet Suite 252
Private Bag X30500
Houghton
2041
Tel: +27 11 562 9700
Fax: +27 11 562 9829
OFFICE OF THE UNITED KINGDOM SECRETARIES
London
St James’s Corporate Services Limited
Suite 31, Second Floor
107 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6DN
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 20 7796 8644
email: general@corpserv.co.uk
AMERICAN DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS TRANSFER AGENT
Shareholder correspondence should be mailed to:
BNY Mellon
PO Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233 – 5000
Overnight correspondence should be sent to:
BNY Mellon
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY40202
email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
Phone numbers
Tel: 888 269 2377 Domestic
Tel: 201 680 6825 Foreign
SPONSOR
J.P. Morgan Equities South Africa Proprietary Limited
1 Fricker Road
Illovo, Johannesburg 2196
South Africa
Gold Fields Limited
Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa
Registration number 1968/004880/06
Share code: GFI
Issuer code: GOGOF
ISIN: ZAE 000018123
INVESTOR ENQUIRIES
Avishkar Nagaser
Tel: +27 11 562 9775
Mobile: +27 82 312 8692
email: avishkar.nagaser@goldfields.com
Thomas Mengel
Tel: +27 11 562 9849
Mobile: +27 72 493 5170
email: thomas.mengel@goldfields.com
MEDIA ENQUIRIES
Sven Lunsche
Tel: +27 11 562 9763
Mobile: +27 83 260 9279
email: sven.lunsche@goldfields.com
TRANSFER SECRETARIES
South Africa
Computershare Investor Services (Proprietary) Limited
Rosebank Towers
15 Biermann Avenue
Rosebank
Johannesburg
2196
PO Box 61051
Marshalltown
2107
Tel: +27 11 370 5000
Fax: +27 11 688 5248
United Kingdom
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU
England
Tel: 0371 664 0300
If you are outside the United Kingdom please call
(0) 371 664 0300
Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will
vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be
charged at the applicable international rate. Business is
open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding
public holidays in England and Wales.
email: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk
LISTINGS
JSE/NYSE/GFI
Directors: C A Carolus (Chair), N J Holland†** (Chief Executive Officer –
retired as from 31 March 2021), P A Schmidt** (Chief Financial Officer),
A Andani#, P J Bacchus†, T P Goodlace, C E Letton^, S P Reid^,
P G Sibiya, Y G H Suleman.
C I Griffith** (Chief Executive Officer – as from 1 April 2021).
^Australian, †British, #Ghanaian, **Executive Director
www.goldfields.com
112
www.goldfields.com
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF
format above